Interim Financial Report to 30 September 2024
 |
|
BASIS OF PRESENTATION Virgin Money UK PLC ('Virgin Money', 'VMUK' or 'the Company'), together with its subsidiary undertakings (which together comprise the 'Group'), operate under the Clydesdale Bank, Yorkshire Bank and Virgin Money brands. Following the acquisition of the Group by Nationwide Building Society (Nationwide), the financial year end of the Company was changed from 30 September to 31 March in order to align to Nationwide's financial year end. This release therefore covers the interim results of the Group for the 6 months ended 30 September 2024 and the Group's next Annual Report and Accounts will cover the 18-month period ending 31 March 2025. Unless otherwise stated, income statement commentaries throughout this document compare the 12 months ended 30 September 2024 to the 12 months ended 30 September 2023 and the balance sheet analysis compares the Group balance sheet as at 30 September 2024 to the Group balance sheet as at 30 September 2023. The Interim Financial Report is unaudited and the independent review report is included on page 56. Statutory basis: Statutory information is set out within the interim condensed consolidated financial statements. Excluding notable items basis: Management exclude certain items from the Group's statutory position to arrive at an 'excluding notable items' basis. The exclusion of notable items aims to remove the impact of one-offs and other volatile items which may distort period-on-period comparisons. Rationale for the notable items is shown on page 87. This basis is classed as an alternative performance measure, see below. In the Group's 2023 Annual Report and Accounts, items adjusted from the Group's statutory position resulted in an 'underlying basis' of performance. Since then, the Group has not presented results on an underlying basis, moving instead to a statutory presentation of its income statement, whilst still providing details of notable items of income and expenditure. Comparative periods have not been restated as the 'excluding notable items basis' is directly comparable to the previously disclosed 'underlying basis'. Further information on this change is shown on page 87. Alternative performance measures (APMs): the key performance indicators (KPIs) and performance metrics used in monitoring the Group's performance and reflected throughout this report fall into two categories: financial and non-financial, and are detailed at 'Measuring the Group's performance' on pages 372 to 380 of the Group's 2023 Annual Report and Accounts. APMs are closely scrutinised to ensure that they provide genuine insights into the Group's progress; however, statutory measures are the key determinant of dividend paying capability. Certain figures contained in this document, including financial information, may have been subject to rounding adjustments and foreign exchange conversions. Accordingly, in certain instances, the sum or percentage change of the numbers contained in this document may not conform exactly to the total figure given. |
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This document and any other written or oral material discussed or distributed in connection with the results (the 'Information') may include forward-looking statements, which are based on assumptions, expectations, valuations, targets, estimates, forecasts and projections about future events. These can be identified by the use of words such as 'expects', 'aims', 'targets', 'seeks', 'anticipates', 'plans', 'intends', 'prospects', 'outlooks', 'projects', 'forecasts', 'believes', 'estimates', 'potential', 'possible', and similar words or phrases. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions about the Group and its securities, investments and the environment in which it operates, including, among other things, the development of its business and strategy, any acquisitions, combinations, disposals or other corporate activity undertaken by the Group, trends in its operating industry, changes to customer behaviours and covenant, macroeconomic and/or geopolitical factors, changes to its Board and/or employee composition, exposures to terrorist activity, IT system failures, cyber-crime, fraud and pension scheme liabilities, risks relating to environmental matters such as climate change including the Group's ability along with the government and other stakeholders to measure, manage and mitigate the impacts of climate change effectively, changes to law and/or the policies and practices of the Bank of England (BoE), the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) and/or other regulatory and governmental bodies, inflation, deflation, interest rates, exchange rates, tax and national insurance rates, changes in the liquidity, capital, funding and/or asset position and/or credit ratings of the Group, future capital expenditures and acquisitions, the repercussions of the UK's exit from the European Union (EU) (including any change to the UK's currency and the terms of any trade agreements (or lack thereof) between the UK and the EU), Eurozone instability, the repercussions of Russia's invasion of Ukraine, the conflict in the Middle East and any UK or global cost of living crisis or recession.
In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the events in the forward-looking statements may not occur. Forward-looking statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties and should be viewed as hypothetical. Other events not taken into account may occur and may significantly affect the analysis of the forward-looking statements. No member of the Group or their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, advisers or affiliates (each a 'VMUK Party') gives any representation, warranty or assurance that any such projections or estimates will be realised, or that actual returns or other results will not be materially lower than those set out in the Information. No representation or warranty is made that any forward-looking statement will come to pass. Whilst every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of the Information, no VMUK Party takes any responsibility for the Information or to update or revise it. They will not be liable for any loss or damages incurred through the reliance on or use of it. The Information is subject to change. No representation or warranty, express or implied, as to the truth, fullness, fairness, merchantability, accuracy, sufficiency or completeness of the Information is given.
Certain industry, market and competitive position data contained in the Information comes from official or third party sources. There is no guarantee of the accuracy or completeness of such data. While the Group reasonably believes that each of these publications, studies and surveys has been prepared by a reputable source, no member of the Group or their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, advisers or affiliates have independently verified the data. In addition, certain industry, market and competitive position data contained in the Information comes from the Group's own internal research and estimates based on the knowledge and experience of the Group's management in the markets in which the Group operates. While the Group reasonably believes that such research and estimates are reasonable and reliable, they, and their underlying methodology and assumptions, have not been verified by any independent source for accuracy or completeness, and are subject to change. Accordingly, undue reliance should not be placed on any of the industry, market or competitive position data contained in the Information.
The Information does not constitute or form part of, and should not be construed as, any public offer under any applicable legislation or an offer to sell or solicitation of any offer to buy any securities or financial instruments or any advice or recommendation with respect to such securities or other financial instruments. The distribution of the Information in certain jurisdictions may be restricted by law. Recipients are required to inform themselves about and to observe any such restrictions. No liability to any person is accepted in relation to the distribution or possession of the Information in any jurisdiction.
No statement in the Information is intended as a profit forecast, profit estimate or quantified benefit statement for any period and no statement in the Information should be interpreted to mean that earnings per share for the Company for the current or future financial years would necessarily match or exceed the historical published earnings or earnings per share (EPS) for the Company or the Group.
Interim financial report
For the six months ended 30 September 2024
Contents
|
Virgin Money UK PLC Interim results for the six months ended 30 September 2024 |
1 |
|
Business and financial review |
2 |
|
Risk management |
14 |
|
Risk overview |
15 |
|
Credit risk |
17 |
|
Financial risk |
43 |
|
Statement of Directors' responsibilities |
55 |
|
Independent review report to Virgin Money UK PLC |
56 |
|
Financial statements |
57 |
|
Interim condensed consolidated income statement |
57 |
|
Interim condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive income |
58 |
|
Interim condensed consolidated balance sheet |
59 |
|
Interim condensed consolidated statement of changes in equity |
60 |
|
Interim condensed consolidated statement of cash flows |
61 |
|
Notes to the interim condensed consolidated financial statements |
62 |
|
Additional information |
83 |
Virgin Money UK PLC Interim results
for the 6 months ended 30 September 2024
Summary financials
|
|
12 months to 30 Sep 2024 |
12 months to 30 Sep 2023 |
Change |
6 months to 30 Sep 2024 |
6 months to 30 Sep 2023 |
Change |
|
|
£m |
£m |
% |
£m |
£m |
% |
|
Net interest income (excluding notable items) |
1,778 |
1,716 |
4 |
910 |
861 |
6 |
|
Non-interest income (OOI) (excluding notable items) |
146 |
157 |
(7) |
74 |
79 |
(6) |
|
Total operating income (excluding notable items) |
1,924 |
1,873 |
3 |
984 |
940 |
5 |
|
Notable items in income(1) |
(3) |
(46) |
(93) |
14 |
(27) |
n/a |
|
Statutory total operating income |
1,921 |
1,827 |
5 |
998 |
913 |
9 |
|
Operating and administrative expenses (excluding notable items) |
(1,028) |
(971) |
6 |
(526) |
(494) |
6 |
|
Notable items in expenses(1) |
(158) |
(202) |
(22) |
(109) |
(145) |
(25) |
|
Statutory operating and administrative expenses |
(1,186) |
(1,173) |
1 |
(635) |
(639) |
(1) |
|
Statutory operating profit before impairment losses |
735 |
654 |
12 |
363 |
274 |
32 |
|
Impairment losses on credit exposures |
(177) |
(309) |
(43) |
(84) |
(165) |
(49) |
|
Statutory profit on ordinary activities before tax |
558 |
345 |
62 |
279 |
109 |
156 |
|
Performance metrics(2) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total customer lending |
71,296 |
72,754 |
(2.0)% |
71,296 |
72,754 |
(2.0)% |
|
Net interest margin (NIM) |
1.98% |
1.91% |
7bps |
2.01% |
1.91% |
10bps |
|
Return on tangible equity (RoTE) |
6.7% |
3.9% |
2.8%pts |
4.3% |
1.6% |
2.7% |
|
Cost: income ratio |
61.7% |
64.2% |
(2.5)%pts |
63.6% |
70.0% |
(6.4)%pts |
|
Adjusted cost: income ratio(3) |
53.0% |
51.9% |
1.1%pts |
53.7% |
52.6% |
1.1%pts |
|
Cost of risk (CoR) |
0.24% |
0.42% |
(18)bps |
0.23% |
0.45% |
(22)bps |
|
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio (IFRS 9 transitional) |
13.6% |
14.7% |
(1.1)%pts |
13.6% |
14.7% |
(1.1)%pts |
|
(1) Full details of notable items are included on page 87. |
|
(2) For definitions of the performance metrics, refer to 'Measuring the Group's performance' on pages 372 to 380 of the Group's 2023 Annual Report and Accounts. (3) Adjusted to exclude all notable items, the new BoE Levy recognised in the 12 months to 30 September 2024 of £12m (6 months to 30 September 2024: £2m) and the interest income generated from the return of the Cash Ratio Deposit funds of £8m (6 months to 30 September 2024: £8m). Refer to page 88 for further details. |
|
|
Solid financial performance in the 12-month period to 30 September 2024
· Customer loans 2% lower as 6% growth in target segments of Unsecured and Business was offset by 4% reduction in Mortgages
· Total deposits increased 4% with relationship deposits increasing to 55% of total deposits (30 Sep 2023: 53%)
· NIM of 1.98% (+7bps YoY), supported by positive credit card EIR performance adjustments, reflecting strong activity levels and updated assumptions
· Operating expenses (excluding notable items) 6% higher YoY, driven by inflation and the new BoE Levy (£12m) partially offset by ongoing delivery of the cost savings programme; adjusted C:I ratio(3) higher YoY at 53.0%
· Notable expenditure of £158m comprised £56m of restructuring spend, £37m of FCPP(4) costs and £64m of transaction-related costs
· Impairment charge of £177m / 24bps CoR (12 months to 30 Sep 2023: 42bps), incorporating benefit from SICR(5) review of the Group's card portfolio and an improving macroeconomic outlook; credit quality remains solid; stable provision coverage of 84bps
· As a result of these factors, statutory RoTE improved in the period to 6.7% (12 months to Sep 2023: 3.9%)
· CET1 ratio of 13.6% was 1.1%pts lower YoY; movement includes £63m of share buybacks prior to the cancellation of the programme and full recognition of the TMLA(6) fee (£250m plus VAT of £50m), which was a foreseeable charge for capital purposes
Acquisition of the Company by Nationwide
· The acquisition of Virgin Money by Nationwide completed on 1 October 2024, following the sanction of the Scheme of Arrangement (Scheme) by the Court, creating the second largest provider of mortgages and savings in the UK
· Virgin Money will remain a separate legal entity within the combined group including Nationwide, with a separate Board and banking license held by Clydesdale Bank
· The PRA has confirmed outstanding externally held own funds issued by Virgin Money will, subject to applicable deductions, be eligible to meet the consolidated capital requirements applicable to the combined group until 31 December 2028
· The BoE has also confirmed it will treat the outstanding externally held eligible liabilities, AT1 and Tier 2 instruments issued by Virgin Money as eligible to meet the consolidated MREL requirements applicable to the combined group until 31 December 2028
|
(4) Financial crime prevention programme (5) Significant increase in credit risk (6) Trademark licence agreement between Virgin Money and Virgin Enterprises Limited (Virgin Enterprises). For accounting purposes, the TMLA fee of £250m and the irrecoverable VAT on the first instalment of £25m has been recognised in October 2024. The VAT payable on the second instalment will be recognised in October 2025. Further detail can be found in note 5.6 to the interim condensed consolidated financial statements. |
|
|
|
|
Business and financial review
KPIs
Measuring strategic delivery
|
Total active relationship customer accounts 3.9m FY23: 3.8m FY22: 3.6m 2021(1): 3.3m |
|
Digital primacy(2) 65% FY23: 61% FY22: 56% H1 22(3): 51%
|
|
Target lending segment asset growth(4) 6% FY23: 9% FY22: 7% FY21: (3)% |
|
|||
|
Gross annualised cost savings (cumulative) £187m FY23: £130m FY22: £69m Target: £200m |
|
Customer complaints per 1k accounts 4.4 FY23: 4.0 FY22: 4.2 FY21: 3.7
|
|
Colleague engagement 77% FY23: 80% FY22: 79% FY21: 68% |
|
|||
|
Group Smile score(2) 57% FY23: 49% FY22: 46% FY21: 51%
|
|
Group diversity indicators Senior gender(5) 52% FY23: 52% FY22: 55% Target: 45-55%
|
Senior ethnicity(5) 9% FY23: 8% FY22: 4% Target: 10%
|
Group ethnicity 8% FY23: 7% FY22: 6% Target: 10%
|
|
|||
|
(1) |
As at October 2021 due to availability of source data. |
|||||||
|
(2) |
2024 outcomes reflect improved source data, not directly comparable to historic data |
|||||||
|
(3) |
As at March 2022 due to availability of source data. |
|||||||
|
(4) |
Government lending schemes are no longer excluded from the lending balance noting these are closed and in run-off and not considered a significant component of the balance. Comparatives have not been restated. |
|||||||
|
(5) |
Senior defined as top three levels. |
|||||||
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|||||||
Business and financial review
Business review
Acquisition of Virgin Money by Nationwide
The acquisition of Virgin Money by Nationwide became effective on 1 October 2024, following the satisfaction of all conditions within the Scheme, with Virgin Money shares delisted on the same date. Following the Scheme becoming effective, the Virgin Money Group is wholly owned by Nationwide, forming the second largest provider of mortgages and retail savings in the UK. This Business and financial review focuses on the strategic and financial progress of Virgin Money in the 12 months to 30 September 2024, which encompasses the acquisition process. Please refer to Nationwide's Interim Results for the period ended 30 September 2024 for further commentary on the acquisition of Virgin Money by Nationwide.
Board changes
David Duffy has stepped down as Chief Executive Officer and as an Executive Director of Virgin Money. The appointment of Chris Rhodes, formerly Chief Financial Officer of Nationwide, as an Executive Director and Chief Executive Officer became effective from 1 October 2024.
Clifford Abrahams has informed the Board he will be stepping down as Group Chief Financial Officer (CFO) on 15 December 2024 to pursue a new opportunity. During this period there will be a handover to Gergely Zaborszky who will takeover as CFO and join the Board as an Executive Director, subject to regulatory approval. Gergely recently led the Group's Financial Planning and Analysis and Capital Management team.
Sara Weller, the representative of Virgin Enterprises on the Virgin Money Board, has stepped down following the completion of the acquisition. Darren Pope has also stepped down, given his intention to take up another non-executive director role externally which will cause a conflict with his role at Virgin Money. Petra van Hoeken joined the Board as an independent Non-Executive Director of the Company with effect from 1 July 2024, after Geeta Gopalan stepped down from the Board on 30 June 2024. Petra brings to the Board extensive banking and financial services industry and risk experience gained across multiple geographies.
Solid financial performance in the 12-month period to 30 September 2024
During the last 12 months, the Group has remained focused on supporting customers with continued growth in Business and Unsecured lending, as well as relationship deposits. This has been against a continued competitive backdrop in the broader UK banking sector, where the higher rate environment has seen more subdued demand in the mortgage market.
Overall, the Group reported a profit before tax of £558m for the 12-month period to 30 September 2024, 62% higher than the prior 12-month period, resulting in a statutory RoTE for the period of 6.7% (12 months to 30 September 2023: 3.9%). This incorporated some impacts from the transaction, including £64m of transaction-related costs, and the deferral of restructuring activity, which limited the benefit delivered by the Group's gross annualised cost saving measures. As such, RoTE during the period was lower than the c.8% anticipated in November 2023.
Continuing the Group's strategic execution
Virgin Money set out a three-year plan at FY21 to digitise the bank, improve efficiency and deliver profitable growth in its target segments. In the final 12 months of the plan, the Group continued to deliver operational, financial and strategic progress in line with its Purpose-led digital strategy as set out below:
Pioneering Growth
Virgin Money delivered growth of c.6% in balances in its target lending segments of Business and Unsecured lending over the last 12 months. In Business lending, balances increased by 7% to £9.4bn, supported by a record year for new originations, as we delivered £2.9bn of new lending to small and medium business customers (12 months to 30 September 2023: £2.5bn).
Unsecured lending increased c.4% to £6.8bn, driven mainly by 8% growth in credit cards, reflecting strong demand from existing customers, and further new account acquisition in a growing market. The Group also launched its new fully digitised personal loan proposition to direct channels in July, with volumes building gradually as we enter the market cautiously.
In Mortgages, balances reduced by 4% over the year to £55.1bn, reflecting lower gross new lending, given the rate environment. Against this backdrop and with continued competitive pressure on spreads, the Group maintained its disciplined approach to trading, delivering £5.6bn of new mortgage completions during the 12 months to 30 September 2024 (12 months to 30 September 2023: £7.9bn).
Relationship deposits increased by 8% in the period to £38.2bn, with strong take up of the exclusive ISA and regular saver propositions. Current account balances were c.4% lower over the year, reflecting lower average customer balances. Our personal current account (PCA) proposition continued to attract new customers, with c.131k new PCAs opened over the last year (12 months to 30 September 2023: c.110k). Our business current account stock grew 7% benefitting from the sale of c.38k new accounts in the last year (12 months to September 2023: c.39k).
Business and financial review
Business review
Delighted Customers and Colleagues
The Group remains focused on improving its customer service and will continue to prioritise this work. During the last year, we continued to digitise customer journeys, with further automation of key processes such as ISA maturities. Investment within the Business bank saw the Group move from 13th place in the Business CMA rankings to 10th, the joint best improvement in the industry over the past year.
Complaints have increased in recent months to 4.4 complaints per 1,000 accounts (30 September 2023: 4.0), driven by higher transaction volumes, two significant payments incidents and tightened fraud rules. We remain focused on addressing the root causes of customer complaints and improving customer service levels. Despite the increased volume of complaints, Financial Ombudsman Service referrals remained very low and overturn rate in line with industry average.
The Group has embedded the second phase of Consumer Duty requirements, which came into effect in July, including completing the full review of off-sale products. As part of this, we have made improvements across several customer communications, improved management information to give better insight into customer outcomes, and have made some changes to back book pricing across our Savings and Mortgage portfolios.
Colleague engagement remains positive based on our most recent survey, with 77% engagement overall (30 September 2023: 80%). This was a good performance given some natural uncertainty from colleagues as a result of the transaction process. During the period, we have continued to make positive progress on our Diversity, Equity and Inclusion agenda, including embedding our BRAVER initiative and were pleased to be highly commended at the Diversity in Finance Awards and Balance in Business Awards, while also being ranked top in our sector for the FTSE Women's Leaders Review. This year we also welcomed 23 interns as part of the 10,000 Black and Able Internship Programme, further enhancing our ability to build and maintain a representative workforce.
Super-straightforward Efficiency
As noted in the March 2024 Interim results, as a result of the acquisition the Group has deferred certain restructuring activity as part of its ongoing cost savings programme. This has meant that activity to further consolidate the Group's property estate and increase the use of cost-effective geographies for outsourced activities has been paused. Despite this, the Group has delivered further efficiencies as part of the existing cost savings programme during the year, with £187m of annualised gross cost savings now delivered (FY23: £130m), including benefits from sourcing, digitisation and organisational design. While the expanded £200m cost saving target set out in November 2023 has been suspended, the Group will continue to focus on enhancing customer journeys and service and investing in technology to support ongoing efficiency improvements over time.
Discipline and Sustainability
The Group maintained a strong funding and liquidity position, and remains robustly capitalised, with a CET1 ratio of 13.6% as at 30 September 2024. As part of the transaction process, Virgin Money will recognise certain adjustments reflecting, where appropriate, the alignment of accounting policies and practices with Nationwide (see note 5.6 to the interim condensed consolidated financial statements). As part of the combined group's capital management, and as previously announced, Nationwide will take any required actions to ensure that Virgin Money remains robustly capitalised, including the down streaming of capital resources as needed.
The 3-year c.£130m investment in the financial crime prevention programme (FCPP), announced in November 2023, is progressing as planned with several key improvements delivered during its first year. During the year, we implemented an upgraded financial crime platform and enhanced customer risk assessments in our onboarding journeys. From a fraud prevention perspective, we have delivered improvements in detection capabilities and continue to work towards the implementation of our new, upgraded fraud platform during the first half of calendar 2025. The investment in the FCPP has supported lower digital payment fraud losses during the period, although the implementation of the new UK Payment Systems Regulator's rules in October, with banks taking increased responsibility for Authorised Push Payment fraud remediation, is a potential headwind for future fraud losses.
From a sustainability perspective, we've continued to execute our ESG strategy, delivering a broader set of customer propositions to support the transition to a low carbon economy. Through ongoing embedding of sustainability principles, we've continued to focus on making progress towards our net zero goals, including across the Business portfolio and operational emissions with continued collaboration throughout our supply chain. The Group will provide a further update as part of the combined annual report disclosures in 2025.
Business and financial review
Chief Financial Officer's review
Delivering resilient financial performance
Overview
The Group performed well during the 12-month period to 30 September 2024 with a solid overall performance, demonstrated by an improvement in statutory RoTE to 6.7% relative to 3.9% in the previous year. This performance coincided with the acquisition process of Virgin Money by Nationwide, which completed on 1 October 2024. While overall financial performance improved, the acquisition did have some impact during the six-month period to 30 September 2024, most notably as the Group incurred transaction-related costs, paused restructuring activity, and cancelled its share buyback programme.
Solid financial performance
During the 12-month period to 30 September 2024, the Group delivered growth in statutory total income of 5% year-on-year, to £1,921m, mainly driven by a 7bps year-on-year improvement in NIM. Statutory non-interest income was 13% higher year-on-year, though was lower when excluding the effects of notable income, including income relating to the purchase of abrdn Holdings Limited's (abrdn) c.50% stake in Virgin Money Investments (VMI) in April. Operating and administrative costs of £1,028m (excluding notable items) were 6% higher year-on-year, reflecting inflation, the new BoE Levy, and the impact on cost savings of the pause to our restructuring programme. Notable expenditure was lower year-on-year, despite the Group incurring additional transaction related-costs, given the higher scale of restructuring charges and intangible asset write-downs incurred in the 12-month period to 30 September 2023. Credit impairment losses of £177m were significantly lower year-on-year, reflecting updated macroeconomic assumptions, the review of the application of significant increase in credit risk (SICR) on the credit card portfolio and resilient credit quality. The combination of all of these factors drove improved profit before tax of £558m, 62% higher year-on-year, along with the 2.8%pts improvement in statutory RoTE to 6.7%.
Growing in target lending segments
The Group delivered further lending growth in its target segments during the 12-month period to 30 September 2024, while overall customer lending was 2% lower at £71.3bn. Mortgage balances reduced 4% during the 12-month period to £55.1bn, as the Group safeguarded overall returns in a subdued market. Business lending increased 7% overall, as growth in BAU balances offset ongoing reductions in government-backed lending. Unsecured balances increased 4% to £6.8bn, driven by 8% growth in the credit card portfolio. We continued to attract new deposits during the 12-month period to 30 September 2024, supporting overall deposit growth of 4%, while the mix of relationship deposits increased from 53% to 55%.
Robust balance sheet
The Group maintained a conservative balance sheet position, including stable provision coverage, robust funding and liquidity and a strong capital position. Total credit provisions at 30 September 2024 were £606m (30 September 2023: £617m) equivalent to a coverage ratio of 0.84% (30 September 2023: 0.84%). Funding and liquidity remain strong, with the 12-month average liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) increasing to 157% (30 September 2023: 146%) and 12-month average net stable funding ratio (NSFR) stable at 138% (30 September 2023: 136%). The loan to deposit ratio (LDR) reduced to 103% (30 September 2023: 109%) given higher deposits and lower lending balances. The CET1 ratio remained strong at 13.6% (30 September 2023: 14.7%), with the movement during the period including the full recognition of the TMLA fee (£250m plus VAT of £50m) due to Virgin Enterprises as part of the amended TMLA arrangements(1). This reflected that this fee represented a foreseeable charge for capital purposes only as at 30 September 2024, with an impact equivalent to 86bps of CET1.
|
(1) |
For accounting purposes, the TMLA fee of £250m and the irrecoverable VAT on the first instalment of £25m has been recognised in October 2024. The VAT payable on the second instalment will be recognised in October 2025. Further detail can be found in note 5.6 to the interim condensed consolidated financial statements. |
Business and financial review
Chief Financial Officer's review
Income
|
|
12 months to 30 Sep 2024 |
12 months to 30 Sep 2023 |
Change |
6 months to 30 Sep 2024 |
6 months to 30 Sep 2023 |
Change |
|
|
|
|
£m |
£m |
% |
£m |
£m |
% |
|
|
|
Net interest income (excluding notable items) |
1,778 |
1,716 |
4 |
910 |
861 |
6 |
|
|
|
Acquisition accounting unwinds |
(15) |
(29) |
(48) |
(6) |
(26) |
(77) |
|
|
|
Statutory net interest income |
1,763 |
1,687 |
5 |
904 |
835 |
8 |
|
|
|
Non-interest income (excluding notable items) |
146 |
157 |
(7) |
74 |
79 |
(6) |
|
|
|
Hedge ineffectiveness |
(11) |
(16) |
(31) |
(3) |
- |
n/a |
|
|
|
Other |
23 |
(1) |
n/a |
23 |
(1) |
n/a |
|
|
|
Statutory non-interest income |
158 |
140 |
13 |
94 |
78 |
21 |
|
|
|
Total operating income (excluding notable items(1)) |
1,924 |
1,873 |
3 |
984 |
940 |
5 |
|
|
|
Statutory total operating income |
1,921 |
1,827 |
5 |
998 |
913 |
9 |
|
|
|
(1) |
Notable items are presented separately above, with full details included on page 87. |
|||||||
Overview
Statutory total operating income of £1,921m was 5% higher compared with 2023, driven by growth in NII. NII (excluding notable items) improved 4% year-on-year as NIM increased 7bps to 1.98%. There were also £(15)m of acquisition accounting unwinds within NII during the 12-month period to 30 September 2024 (12 months to 30 September 2023: £(29)m), reflecting fair value accounting adjustments at the time of Virgin Money's (then named CYBG PLC) acquisition of Virgin Money Holdings (UK) PLC. Statutory non-interest income was 13% higher year-on-year and mainly reflected higher notable non-interest income during the period resulting from the VMI acquisition in April and lower hedge ineffectiveness given the current rate environment.
Business and financial review
Chief Financial Officer's review
Net interest income
|
|
12 months to 30 Sep 2024 |
12 months to 30 Sep 2023 |
||||||
|
|
Average |
Interest income/ (expense) |
Average |
Average |
Interest income/ (expense) |
Average (rate) |
||
|
Average balance sheet |
£m |
£m |
% |
£m |
£m |
% |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Interest earning assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Mortgages |
56,608 |
1,917 |
3.39 |
57,980 |
1,537 |
2.65 |
||
|
Unsecured |
6,985 |
721 |
10.32 |
6,547 |
474 |
7.24 |
||
|
Business(1) |
9,092 |
719 |
7.91 |
8,496 |
582 |
6.85 |
||
|
Liquid assets |
16,528 |
872 |
5.28 |
16,000 |
657 |
4.11 |
||
|
Due from other banks |
683 |
31 |
4.51 |
782 |
13 |
1.67 |
||
|
Swap income/other |
- |
608 |
n/a |
- |
600 |
n/a |
||
|
Other interest earning assets |
3 |
- |
n/a |
5 |
- |
n/a |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Total average interest earning assets |
89,899 |
4,868 |
5.42 |
89,810 |
3,863 |
4.30 |
||
|
Total average non-interest earning assets |
2,031 |
|
|
2,378 |
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Total average assets |
91,930 |
|
|
92,188 |
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Interest bearing liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Current accounts |
14,765 |
(247) |
(1.67) |
15,739 |
(203) |
(1.29) |
||
|
Savings accounts |
24,569 |
(701) |
(2.85) |
26,005 |
(433) |
(1.67) |
||
|
Term deposits |
24,052 |
(1,128) |
(4.69) |
19,603 |
(597) |
(3.05) |
||
|
Wholesale funding |
16,083 |
(1,010) |
(6.28) |
18,321 |
(909) |
(4.96) |
||
|
Other interest earning liabilities |
179 |
(4) |
n/a |
170 |
(5) |
n/a |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Total average interest bearing liabilities |
79,648 |
(3,090) |
(3.88) |
79,838 |
(2,147) |
(2.69) |
||
|
Total average non-interest bearing liabilities |
6,686 |
|
|
6,531 |
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Total average liabilities |
86,334 |
|
|
86,369 |
|
|
||
|
Total average equity |
5,596 |
|
|
5,819 |
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Total average liabilities and average equity |
91,930 |
|
|
92,188 |
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Net interest income |
|
1,778 |
1.98 |
|
1,716 |
1.91 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
(1) |
Includes loans designated at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL). |
|
||||||
NII and NIM
Overall, asset yields increased 112bps in the 12-month period to 30 September 2024. Mortgage yields increased 74bps, reflecting the higher rate environment for customers that re-financed and new business, while average mortgage balances were 2% lower year-on-year. Together, this resulted in mortgage interest income that was 25% higher year-on-year.
Unsecured average balances increased 7% in the 12-month period to 30 September 2024. Average yields increased 308bps year-on-year and incorporated £194m of positive EIR performance adjustments in the credit cards portfolio, equivalent to c.22bps of NIM on an annualised basis. These adjustments include a positive assessment of the net present value of the EIR asset as a result of observed behavioural outperformance relative to more prudent assumptions, and the removal of temporary macroeconomic adjustments that were applied at 30 September 2023. Altogether, this drove a 52% year-on-year increase in interest income from unsecured lending.
In Business, a 106bps increase in the average yield was driven by a combination of the higher rate environment and a reduction in lower-yielding government-backed lending. This, alongside a growth in average balances, resulted in 24% higher interest income year-on-year.
Rates on interest bearing liabilities increased 119bps in the period to 30 September 2024, with increased average rates across all products, mainly due to the higher rate environment. Current account average balances reduced during the period, reflecting deposit migration into higher rate products. Average term deposit balances increased 23% year-on-year, mainly driven by growth in PCA-linked exclusive fixed rate products. Average savings account balances were 6% lower year-on-year due to the attrition or churn of existing balances. Wholesale funding average balances reduced during the period, primarily reflecting the repayment of TFSME.
Business and financial review
Chief Financial Officer's review
Non-interest income
Non-interest income (excluding notable items) was £11m lower in the 12-month period to 30 September 2024 relative to the same period in 2023. The reduction year-on-year included the full-year impact of a change in allocation of insurance costs incurred on packaged current accounts in April 2023, from operating and administrative expense to non-interest income. Furthermore, we also made changes to the reporting of credit card cash advance fees in October 2023 from non-interest income to interest income. Excluding these impacts, performance was broadly stable year-on-year, reflecting resilient credit card activity and business fee income.
There were a further £12m of notable items within non-interest income. This included an £11m day 1 accounting gain, recognised following the acquisition of the remaining c.50% of ordinary share capital in VMI in April. In addition, there was also £12m arising in the ordinary course of operating VMI following the acquisition. This has been included as notable income in the six-month period to 30 September 2024, given it arises from fully consolidated accounting following the acquisition, which had not been incorporated in the Group's guidance for the 12-month period to 30 September 2024, first set in November 2023. The Group also recognised £(11)m relating to hedge ineffectiveness in the period.
Costs
|
|
12 months to 30 Sep 2024 |
12 months to 30 Sep 2023 |
Change |
6 months to 30 Sep 2024 |
6 months to 30 Sep 2023 |
Change |
|
|
|
|
£m |
£m |
% |
£m |
£m |
% |
|
|
|
Staff costs |
449 |
367 |
22 |
236 |
190 |
24 |
|
|
|
Property and infrastructure |
38 |
40 |
(5) |
18 |
21 |
(14) |
|
|
|
Technology and communications |
131 |
126 |
4 |
67 |
65 |
3 |
|
|
|
Corporate and professional services |
156 |
173 |
(10) |
82 |
86 |
(5) |
|
|
|
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment |
88 |
95 |
(7) |
45 |
46 |
(2) |
|
|
|
Other expenses |
166 |
170 |
(2) |
78 |
86 |
(9) |
|
|
|
Operating and administrative expenses (excluding notable items) |
1,028 |
971 |
6 |
526 |
494 |
6 |
|
|
|
Notable items: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring charges |
56 |
131 |
(57) |
23 |
78 |
(71) |
|
|
|
Financial crime prevention programme |
37 |
- |
n/a |
22 |
- |
n/a |
|
|
|
Legacy conduct |
(11) |
12 |
n/a |
(7) |
8 |
n/a |
|
|
|
Other |
76 |
59 |
29 |
71 |
59 |
20 |
|
|
|
Statutory operating and administrative expenses |
1,186 |
1,173 |
1 |
635 |
639 |
(1) |
|
|
|
Cost: income ratio |
61.7% |
64.2% |
(2.5)%pts |
63.6% |
70.0% |
(6.4)%pts |
|
|
|
Adjusted cost: income ratio (1)(2) |
53.0% |
51.9% |
1.1%pts |
53.7% |
52.6% |
1.1%pts |
|
|
|
(1) |
Notable items are presented separately above. Full details of all notable items is included on page 87. |
|||||||
|
(2) |
Adjusted to exclude all notable items, the new BoE Levy recognised in the 12 months to 30 September 2024 of £12m (6 months to 30 September 2024: £2m) and the interest income generated from the return of the Cash Ratio Deposit funds of £8m (6 months to 30 September 2024: £8m). |
|||||||
Operating expenses (excluding notable items) increased 6% year-on-year to £1,028m, while the adjusted cost: income ratio increased 1.1%pts to 53.0%. Staff costs were £449m or 22% higher relative to the same period last year due to wage inflation, FTE growth and a lower defined benefit pension credit year-on-year, partly mitigated by restructuring benefits. The reduction in corporate and professional services costs year-on-year primarily reflected lower consultancy spend. The Group also benefitted from a lower depreciation charge in the year, primarily due to the lower level of capitalised assets and prior store and head-office closures. Other expenses of £166m were £4m lower year-on-year and included £12m of costs related to the new BoE Levy (that replaced the BoE's Cash Ratio Deposit Scheme, with effect from 1 March 2024), more than offset by higher VAT recoveries and lower fraud losses.
The Group incurred £158m of notable expenditure during the year, £44m lower than in the 12-month period to 30 September 2023. Restructuring charges of £56m included spend related to the Group's programme of digitisation, property changes and severance. As first reported alongside the half-year trading update in May 2024, the Group has deferred certain restructuring activities as a result of the acquisition by Nationwide. Consequently, restructuring charges of £23m in the 6-month period to 30 September 2024 were lower than during the previous six months (£33m). During the 12-month period to 30 September 2024, the Group also incurred £37m of costs in relation to the financial crime prevention programme to support the upgrade of our financial crime prevention and cyber defence capabilities. The legacy conduct credit of £11m primarily reflects costs that were recovered as part of the successful defence against RGL Management over historic fixed rate tailored business loans litigation. There were £76m of other notable items during the period, with £64m related to transaction costs resulting from the acquisition of Virgin Money by Nationwide. The remaining £12m included expenses incurred by Virgin Money arising in the ordinary course of operating VMI, following the acquisition of the remaining c.50% of ordinary share capital in April 2024. As with VMI non-interest income from April 2024, these expenses have been included as notable expenditure in the six months to 30 September 2024, given they arise from fully consolidated accounting following the acquisition of the remaining 50% of ordinary share capital, which was not incorporated in the Group's guidance for the 12-month period to 30 September 2024, first set in November 2023.
Business and financial review
Chief Financial Officer's review
Impairments
|
As at 30 September 2024 |
Credit provisions £m |
Gross lending £bn |
Coverage ratio bps |
Net CoR bps |
% of loans in Stage 2 |
% of loans in Stage 3 |
|
|
|
Mortgages |
49 |
55.4 |
9 |
(1) |
4.5 |
1.0 |
|
|
|
Unsecured: |
412 |
7.2 |
602 |
230 |
16.6 |
2.0 |
|
|
|
of which credit cards |
382 |
6.6 |
606 |
258 |
14.3 |
2.0 |
|
|
|
of which personal loans and overdrafts |
30 |
0.6 |
547 |
(44) |
45.2 |
1.2 |
|
|
|
Business |
145 |
9.3 |
161(1) |
30 |
17.2 |
4.8 |
|
|
|
Total |
606 |
71.9 |
84 |
24 |
7.3 |
1.6 |
|
|
|
of which Stage 2 |
323 |
5.3 |
614 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
of which Stage 3 |
175 |
1.2 |
1,840 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Government-guaranteed element of loan balances excluded for the purposes of calculating the Business and total coverage ratio. |
|||||||
|
As at 30 September 2023 |
Credit provisions £m |
Gross lending £bn |
Coverage ratio bps |
Net CoR bps |
% of loans in Stage 2 |
% of loans in Stage 3 |
|
|
|
Mortgages |
57 |
57.8 |
10 |
- |
4.7 |
1.0 |
|
|
|
Unsecured: |
429 |
6.8 |
665 |
430 |
24.1 |
1.7 |
|
|
|
of which credit cards |
392 |
6.1 |
688 |
483 |
21.7 |
1.8 |
|
|
|
of which personal loans and overdrafts |
37 |
0.7 |
488 |
86 |
44.3 |
0.9 |
|
|
|
Business |
131 |
8.7 |
160(1) |
44 |
22.8 |
4.7 |
|
|
|
Total |
617 |
73.3 |
84 |
42 |
8.6 |
1.5 |
|
|
|
of which Stage 2 |
400 |
6.3 |
633 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
of which Stage 3 |
128 |
1.1 |
1,393 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Government-guaranteed element of loan balances excluded for the purposes of calculating the Business and total coverage ratio. |
|||||||
As at 30 September 2024, the Group's expected credit loss (ECL) provision was £606m, modestly lower relative to 30 September 2023 (£617m). Combined with lower customer lending balances, this resulted in total provision coverage of 84bps, which was static relative to 30 September 2023 and reflects improvements in the macroeconomic outlook and SICR changes to credit cards, offsetting changes to the customer lending mix from growth in unsecured and business lending and lower mortgage balances. The components of the total ECL provision includes £535m of modelled and individually assessed ECL (30 September 2023: £541m) and £71m of management adjustments (MAs) (30 September 2023: £76m). These factors resulted in a £177m impairment charge during the period, equivalent to a CoR of 24bps.
As reported in the March 2024 interim financial report, the Group finalised changes to the credit card SICR model that removed the requirement for a two-month probation before accounts could return to Stage 1 from Stage 2 for non-forborne exposures. Overall, this reduced the ECL by £31m during that period.
The key macroeconomic assumptions used in the Group's IFRS 9 modelling were updated based on scenarios provided by our third-party provider Oxford Economics. The weightings applied to the scenarios were 10% to the upside scenario, 55% to the base scenario, 20% to the downside scenario and 15% to the severe downside scenario. The severe downside scenario represents an additional scenario for the period to 30 September 2024, aligning to industry best practice. The weighted macroeconomic scenario includes modest growth in GDP, peak unemployment of 5.0% in 2027 and a 2.0% contraction in the House Price Index (HPI) in 2025, followed by a recovery.
In the 12-month period to 30 September 2024, loans classified as Stage 2 reduced from 8.6% of the portfolio to 7.3%, including the impact from SICR model changes in the credit cards portfolio. 94% of Stage 2 lending balances remain less than 30 days past due (DPD). Stage 3 assets as a percentage of Group lending were broadly stable at 1.6% (30 September 2023: 1.5%).
In Mortgages, the coverage ratio of 9bps reflects the loan book that is weighted to owner-occupied mortgages and low LTVs. Despite a gradual increase in late-stage arrears over the period, the portfolio continues to evidence good underlying credit performance with customers continuing to demonstrate the ability to withstand higher mortgage payments at maturity.
In Unsecured lending, the coverage ratio of 602bps includes 606bps of coverage for our credit card portfolio and 547bps of coverage for our personal loans and overdrafts. Credit card portfolio coverage was lower relative to 30 September 2023 (688bps) and incorporates the impact of SICR model changes. In the six-months ended 30 September 2024, credit card arrears gradually improved, though remain elevated reflecting the ongoing maturation of the portfolio and diversification into higher risk products. 97% of balances are categorised as Stage 1 or Stage 2 not past due (30 September 2023: 97%).
In Business, the coverage ratio of 161bps as at 30 September 2024 was broadly stable year-on-year. There continues to be no significant deterioration in asset quality metrics, however, a small number of individually assessed (IA) provisions have been recognised increasing the value of IA held by £35m to £60m at 30 September 2024. The proportion of loans in Stage 1 or 2 not past due remains high at 95% (30 September 2023: 95%).
Business and financial review
Chief Financial Officer's review
Profitability
|
|
12 months to 30 Sep 2024 |
12 months to 30 Sep 2023 |
6 months to 30 Sep 2024 |
6 months to 30 Sep 2023 |
|
|
£m |
£m |
£m |
£m |
|
Statutory profit on ordinary activities before tax |
558 |
345 |
279 |
109 |
|
Tax expense |
(180) |
(99) |
(137) |
(43) |
|
Statutory profit for the period |
378 |
246 |
142 |
66 |
|
RoTE |
6.7% |
3.9% |
4.3% |
1.6% |
|
TNAV per share |
358.3p |
359.8p |
358.3p |
359.8p |
|
Basic earnings per share (EPS) |
23.9p |
14.0p |
7.9p |
3.0p |
Overview
The Group made a statutory profit before tax of £558m in the 12-month period to 30 September 2024 (12 months to 30 September 2023: £345m), resulting in a statutory RoTE of 6.7% (2023: 3.9%). TNAV per share was (1.5)p lower year-on-year, as +20.6p of retained earnings and +8.8p from share buybacks prior to the cancelation of the programme, were more than offset by (23.8)p from a reduction in the cash flow hedge reserve, (5.0)p from a lower overall actuarial pension surplus and (2.0)p of fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) and other movements.
Taxation
There was a £180m tax expense in the 12-month period to 30 September 2024 (12 months to 30 September 2023: £99m), resulting in an effective tax rate of 32%. This included the re-assessment of the recoverability of deferred tax assets, which resulted in the de-recognition of £252m of tax losses and an associated current tax charge of £63m. The Group assesses the recoverability of deferred tax assets over a six-year corporate planning time horizon which incorporates all aspects of the Group's future performance and expectations, including the transaction related impacts described in note 5.6 to the interim condensed consolidated financial statements.
Business and financial review
Chief Financial Officer's review
Balance sheet
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30 Sep 2024 |
30 Sep 2023 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
£m |
|
£m |
Change |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
Mortgages |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55,116 |
|
57,497 |
(4)% |
|||
|
Unsecured |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,798 |
|
6,519 |
4% |
|||
|
Business(1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,382 |
|
8,738 |
7% |
||||
|
Total customer lending |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71,296 |
|
72,754 |
(2)% |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
Relationship deposits(2) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38,235 |
|
35,394 |
8% |
|||
|
Non-linked savings |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,315 |
|
9,741 |
16% |
|||
|
Term deposits |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,873 |
|
21,474 |
(7)% |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
Total customer deposits |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
69,423 |
|
66,609 |
4% |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
Wholesale funding |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,157 |
|
16,658 |
(27)% |
||||
|
of which TFSME |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,950 |
|
6,200 |
(52)% |
||||
|
LDR |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
103% |
|
109% |
(6)%pts |
|||
|
LCR |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
157% |
|
146% |
11%pts |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
(1) |
Of which, £387m government lending (30 September 2023: £625m) |
|
|||||||||||||
|
(2) |
Current account and linked savings balances. |
|
|||||||||||||
Overview
At an aggregate level, total customer lending reduced 2% in the 12-month period to 30 September 2024 to £71.3bn as growth in Unsecured and Business lending was offset by a reduction in Mortgages. Total customer deposits increased 4% to £69.4bn in the same period, resulting in a reduction in the LDR to 103% (30 September 2023: 109%).
Mortgage balances reduced 4% in the 12-month period to 30 September 2024 to £55.1bn. This reflected a more subdued market with mortgage rates positioned at higher levels throughout the year, and wider cost of living pressures. Against this market backdrop, the Group traded with discipline to protect overall spreads.
Unsecured balances increased 4% in the 12-month period to 30 September 2024, as 8% growth in credit cards was offset by a reduction in personal loans. In credit cards, the Group benefitted from resilient activity levels, further new account acquisition and strong retention. During the period, the Group has continued to observe customer behavioural activity outperforming its prudent assumptions across spend, repayment and retention, resulting in card EIR performance remaining persistently better than expected.
Business lending increased 7% in the 12-month period to 30 September 2024, as a reduction in Government-scheme balances was more than offset by 11% growth in BAU balances. BAU growth reflected the strength of our national franchise and sector specialisms in resilient market segments. Government-scheme balances reduced 38% to £0.4bn, as borrowers made contractual repayments.
Customer deposits increased 4% in the 12-month period to 30 September 2024. Relationship deposits were £2.8bn higher year-on-year, as the Group continued to grow current accounts and linked savings. Non-linked savings increased by £1.6bn as the Group prioritised this market for new secondary funding. Term deposit balances reduced by £1.6bn given ongoing maturities.
Wholesale funding and liquidity
The Group has a stable funding base with customer deposits representing c.85% of total funding. The Group's customer deposits are weighted towards retail customers (76%), with the remaining deposits from business customers, predominantly small and medium-sized enterprises. Of the total customer deposit book, c.72% is insured via the FSCS and of the balances that are uninsured, a proportion are fixed term and/or would incur a charge if customers wanted to withdraw their money.
During the 12-month period to 30 September 2024, the Group successfully issued €750m of MREL senior notes and £500m of RMBS publicly to investors, while at the same time repaying £3.25bn of its TFSME drawings (£2.95bn outstanding as at 30 September 2024). On an overall basis, wholesale funding reduced to £12.2bn as at 30 September 2024 (30 September 2023: £16.7bn). Of our total debt securities in issue, only c.17% (£1.6bn) has less than 1-year to effective maturity, reflecting term issuance roll-downs (the Group has negligible short-term wholesale funding). The Group has £2.05bn of TFSME maturing in 2025, with the remaining £0.9bn subject to term extension beyond 2026.
Business and financial review
Chief Financial Officer's review
The stability of the Group's funding sources is highlighted in its NSFR, which remains strong on a 12-month average basis at 138%. The Group's 12-month average LCR increased to 157% (30 September 2023: 146%), continuing to comfortably exceed both regulatory requirements and the Group's more prudent internal risk appetite metrics. The Group's c.£14.1bn liquid asset portfolio is primarily comprised of cash at the BoE (c.62%) with the remainder comprising UK Government securities (Gilts) and AAA rated listed securities (e.g. bonds issued by supra-nationals and corporate covered bonds). The liquid asset portfolio is fully hedged from an interest rate, inflation and FX risk perspective and any movements in fair value are recognised in CET1 via the income statement or FVOCI reserve. The Group also has unencumbered pre-positioned collateral at the BoE representing c.£9.7bn of secondary liquidity drawing capacity via the Bank's Sterling Monetary Framework, which does not form part of the liquid asset portfolio for LCR or internal stressed outflow purposes. Over time the stock of unencumbered pre-positioned collateral will increase as remaining TFSME drawings are repaid. In addition, the Group has a further c.£21.2bn of unencumbered assets eligible and readily available but not currently pre-positioned at the BoE.
|
Capital |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30 Sep 2024 |
30 Sep 2023 |
Change |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
CET1 ratio (IFRS 9 transitional) |
|
13.6% |
|
14.7% |
(1.1)%pts |
||||||||||
|
CET1 ratio (IFRS 9 fully loaded) |
|
13.5% |
|
14.3% |
(0.8)%pts |
||||||||||
|
Total capital ratio |
|
19.2% |
|
21.2% |
(2.0)%pts |
||||||||||
|
MREL ratio |
|
28.9% |
|
31.9% |
(3.0)%pts |
||||||||||
|
UK leverage ratio |
|
5.1% |
|
5.0% |
0.1%pts |
||||||||||
|
RWAs (£m) |
|
26,594 |
|
25,176 |
5.6% |
||||||||||
|
of which Mortgages (£m) |
|
8,683 |
|
9,072 |
(4.3)% |
||||||||||
|
of which Unsecured (£m) |
|
5,144 |
|
4,819 |
6.7% |
||||||||||
|
of which Business (£m) |
|
8,661 |
|
6,990 |
23.9% |
||||||||||
|
(1) |
Unless where stated, data in the table shows the capital position on a Capital Requirements Directive (CRD) IV 'fully loaded' basis with IFRS 9 transitional adjustments applied. |
|
|||||||||||||
|
(2) |
The capital ratios include unverified profits. |
|
|||||||||||||
Overview
At 30 September 2024, the Group maintained a robust capital position, with a CET1 ratio of 13.6% (IFRS 9 transitional basis) and a total capital ratio of 19.2%. The Group's CET1 ratio on an IFRS 9 fully loaded basis was 13.5%. The Group's CET1 position included a deduction for the £250m (plus VAT of £50m) fee due to Virgin Enterprises, following amendments to the brand licence agreement between the Company and Virgin Enterprises as part of the Nationwide acquisition. Although this fee was not recognised for accounting purposes, it was deducted from the Company's regulatory capital resources as it represented a foreseeable charge.
As a result of the Group's usual annual SREP process and ICAAP submission, the Group's Pillar 2A CET1 requirement increased from 1.9% to 2.1% effective from 2 October 2024. Accordingly, the Group's CRD IV minimum CET1 capital requirement (or MDA threshold) has increased from 10.9% to 11.1%.
Ahead of the Group's implementation of updates to mortgage IRB models (including hybrid PD), a model adjustment has been applied to increase RWAs and expected losses in advance of formal approval of models.
Based on Virgin Money's initial interpretation of the near-final Basel 3.1 rules, the Group expects a benefit to the CET1 ratio from Basel 3.1 implementation on day 1 (1 Jan 2026). The Group expects the RWA output floor based on the standardised approach to bind later in the transitional period, subject to a more granular assessment of the PRA's final rules and the evolution of the Group's balance sheet.
As detailed in note 5.6 to the interim condensed consolidated financial statements, the Group has made a number of material accounting policy changes to align with those used by Nationwide. These changes took place following completion of the acquisition on 1 October 2024 and have therefore not been recognised in the 30 September 2024 interim condensed consolidated financial statements or capital position.
The accounting policy changes include revisions to EIR methodology for mortgages and credit cards and will require restatement to prior periods. The impact of the restatement will include reductions of £185m and £370m to the mortgage EIR asset and to the credit card EIR asset respectively compared to the 30 September 2024 positions. There remains the potential for further adjustments following other changes to accounting policy and practice. On 1 October 2024, the Company issued ordinary shares to Nationwide for cash consideration of £650m. This ordinary share issue mitigates the impact of the accounting policy changes noted above on the Group's CET1 ratio.
As part of its ongoing management of capital, the Group has applied to the PRA and Court of Session to approve a c.£1.55bn reduction of Clydesdale Bank PLC's share premium account, with a corresponding increase in retained earnings. This would increase the level of available distributable reserves in Clydesdale Bank PLC, with no impact to the Group's overall equity position or CET1 ratio. The Final Court hearing to approve the share premium account reduction is expected to take place on 28 November 2024.
Business and financial review
Chief Financial Officer's review
CET1 capital
CET1 reduced by (109)bps in the period with the movements set out in the table below. The (86)bps impact of the TMLA fee arises from the deduction of the foreseeable £250m (plus VAT of £50m) as a foreseeable charge as set out above. The (25)bps impact of the share buyback includes £63m that was returned to shareholders, prior to the cancellation of the programme as a result of the acquisition process.
|
CET1 Capital movements |
|
12 months to 30 Sep 2024 |
|
|
|
%/bps |
|
Opening CET1 ratio |
|
14.7% |
|
Capital generated (bps) |
|
179 |
|
RWA growth (bps) |
|
(77) |
|
AT1 distributions (bps) |
|
(22) |
|
Underlying capital generated (bps) |
|
80 |
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring charges (bps) |
|
(16) |
|
Acquisition accounting unwind (bps) |
|
(4) |
|
Financial crime prevention programme (bps) |
|
(11) |
|
Conduct (bps) |
|
4 |
|
Hedge ineffectiveness (bps) |
|
(3) |
|
Other notables (bps) |
|
(20) |
|
Foreseeable ordinary dividends (bps) |
|
(10) |
|
Share buyback (bps) |
|
(25) |
|
TMLA fee (bps) |
|
(86) |
|
Other (bps) |
|
(18) |
|
Net capital absorbed (bps) |
|
(109) |
|
Closing CET1 ratio |
|
13.6% |
|
(1) |
The table shows the capital position on a CRD IV 'fully loaded' basis with IFRS 9 transitional adjustments applied. |
MREL
The Group's transitional MREL ratio at 30 September 2024 was 28.9% of RWAs (30 September 2023: 31.9%), or 9.1% when expressed as a percentage of Leverage exposures (30 September 2023: 9.3%). This provides headroom of £0.2bn or 0.9% above the Group's latest binding loss-absorbing capacity (LAC) requirement of 28.0% of RWAs (effective from 2 October 2024, following the Group's usual annual SREP process and ICAAP submission).
The PRA has confirmed that it intends to apply sub-consolidated prudential requirements to Virgin Money until 31 December 2028, and that it also intends to treat the outstanding externally held AT1, Tier 2 and MREL-eligible senior unsecured liabilities issued by Virgin Money as eligible to meet the consolidated MREL requirements applicable to the combined group until 31 December 2028, subject to applicable deductions. Going forward all new AT1, Tier 2 and MREL-eligible senior instruments will be issued by Nationwide. Down-streaming arrangements will be in place to ensure appropriate capital levels in Virgin Money and Clydesdale Bank PLC.
Clifford Abrahams, Chief Financial Officer - 26 November 2024
Risk management
Risk overview
|
Risk overview |
15 |
|
Credit risk |
17 |
|
Financial risk |
43 |
Risk management
Risk overview
The objective of risk management is to keep the bank safe, to ensure resilience and to put the customer interests at the centre of our decision making to support good customer outcomes. Effective risk management supports the sustainable delivery of our strategic objectives.
This report provides information on developments during the period relating to the Group's risk exposures, including how those risks are managed or mitigated.
Key developments in 2024
During 2024, Risk has focussed on the launch and delivery of key initiatives, supporting the vision to 'Drive Better Outcomes Through More Impactful Risk Management.'
Work continues to enhance risk management practices and reporting capabilities. During the period significant effort has been made to ensure readiness for the launch of our new Integrated Risk Management (IRM) system. The new system will provide enhanced risk management practices and reporting capabilities, improving transparency and understanding of risks and related controls across the bank, and building a more data driven approach to risk management. Control effectiveness requires focus, with the introduction of the new IRM system and ongoing training supporting heightened awareness and better controls. Internal policies, standards and procedures are being strengthened in line with improved system capabilities to drive further improvements and uplift overall control quality and completeness in readiness for increased expectations under Principle 29 of the Corporate Governance Code 2024. Additionally, work continues to enhance our internal fraud control environment, with robust plans established which are due to be implemented by December 2024.
A new model inventory solution was launched, delivering core functionality to support adherence to the new supervisory statement (SS)1/23 'Model risk management principles for banks'. This is another step forward as we continue to automate and digitise, bringing efficiencies in our deliverables and strengthening our model risk management objectives.
The second phase of Consumer Duty was implemented, including compliance with the requirements for closed book review and reporting. This helps to deliver good outcomes for our customers and included the launch of our new vulnerability disclosure tool.
We have successfully launched our enhanced financial crime protection programme, with all three lines of defence collaborating to ensure we can keep our customers and the Group safe, and enable the Group to adapt to new and evolving threats such as Artificial Intelligence (AI) and cybercrime.
Principal risks
Principal risks are those which could result in events or circumstances that might threaten the Group's business model, future performance, solvency, liquidity or reputation. The Group's principal risks are listed below and remain as disclosed in the 2024 March Interim Financial Report.
|
Principal risks |
Definitions |
|
Credit risk |
The risk that a retail or business customer or counterparty fails to pay the interest or capital due on a loan or other financial instrument. Credit risk needs to be managed through the life cycle of each loan from origination to repayment, redemption, write-off or sale. It manifests in the products that the Group offers and in which it invests and can arise in respect of both on- and off-balance sheet exposures. |
|
Financial risk |
The risk that the Group cannot meet its obligations to repay depositors' funds in a timely manner or that there is insufficient ability to absorb losses. Several categories of risk are included (liquidity, funding, capital, pension and market risks), that must all be managed in a way that maintains the confidence of customers, investors, and regulators. |
|
Model risk |
The potential for adverse consequences from decisions based on incorrect or misused model outputs and reports. |
|
Regulatory and compliance risk |
The risk of failing to comply with relevant regulatory requirements and changes in the regulatory environment, failing to manage legal risks effectively, or failing to manage a constructive relationship with our regulators, by not keeping them informed of relevant issues, not responding effectively to information requests or not meeting regulatory deadlines. |
|
Conduct risk |
The risk of undertaking business in a way which fails to deliver good customer outcomes in line with the FCA's Consumer Duty, and causes customer harm, and may result in regulatory censure, redress costs and/or reputational damage. |
|
Operational risk |
The risk of loss or customer harm resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events, incorporating the inability to maintain critical services, recover quickly and learn from unexpected/adverse events. Operational risk includes: change risk; third-party risk; cyber and information security risk; physical and personal security risk; IT resilience risk; data management risk; payment creation, execution and settlement risk; and people risk. |
|
Economic crime risk |
The risk that the Group fails to detect and prevent its products and services from being used to facilitate economic crime, resulting in harm to customers, the Group and its reputation, or third parties. This includes money laundering, terrorist financing, facilitation of tax evasion, sanctions, fraud, and bribery and corruption. |
Risk management
Risk overview
Principal risks (continued)
|
Principal risks |
Definitions |
|
Strategic and enterprise risk |
The risk of significant loss of earnings or damage from decisions or actions that impact the long-term interests of the Group's stakeholders, or from an inability to fund or manage required change projects or adapt to external developments. |
|
Climate risk |
The risk of exposure to physical and transition risks arising from climate change. |
Emerging and evolving risks
Emerging and evolving risks are current or future risks arising from internal or external events, with a material unknown or unpredictable component, and the potential to significantly impact the future performance of the Group or prevent delivery of good outcomes for our customers over the medium to long term (12 months +). Emerging and evolving risks are continually assessed through a horizon scanning process, considering all internal and external factors, with escalation and reporting to the Board.
The emerging and evolving risk classifications reported in the Group's 2023 Annual Report and Accounts have been reviewed throughout the year and updated.
|
Risks |
Description |
|
|
|
|
Economic and Geopolitical risks |
Uncertainty in the UK economic environment prevails and further changes were outlined in the UK Government's October 2024 Budget, with inflation and Bank rate levels continuing to impact consumer confidence and housing market activity. These uncertainties could affect customer resilience and consequently debt affordability. Geopolitical volatility remains with ongoing conflict in Ukraine and Gaza, and other global tensions arising. Although the Group's direct exposures to these areas is very limited, there is the risk of a broader macroeconomic impact, disruption in supply chains, and the heightened risk of cyber-attacks and economic crime. The Group maintains robust capital and liquidity levels, with stress testing against a range of severe but plausible market scenarios performed to understand and mitigate risks to financial resilience. |
|||
|
Evolving regulatory environment |
Firms remain subject to constantly evolving regulation and oversight from different regulatory bodies. This regulatory landscape requires ongoing responses, specialist resource and funding to execute multifaceted and large-scale change projects, to ensure compliance. It is anticipated that continued technological advancements and the rise of AI will drive changing regulations which the Group will need to adopt, requiring continued investment to protect our customers. The Group works with regulators to ensure it meets its obligations and any implications from upcoming regulatory activity are incorporated into the strategic planning cycle. |
|||
|
Third-party risk
|
There are increasingly complex and significant dependencies on third-party suppliers, including outsourcing of certain activities, which require effective management of the levels of risk that arise. Dependencies on a particular supplier for multiple business capabilities could affect resilience and mean a single failure disrupts multiple aspects of the business. These risks are closely managed and mitigated through our third-party framework, policy and standards. |
|||
|
Emergent Technology Risks
|
Accelerated technological change in areas such as AI, quantum computing and data science, places increasing strategic importance on the effective and efficient use of systems and data to remain competitive. The Group's operations and digital strategy are increasingly dependent on the use of quality and timely data, within scalable and secure architecture, to support decision making. |
|||
|
Integration risk
|
There are a range of operational and people risks that could arise due to integration activity following the acquisition by NBS, which could include: Operational risk: The harmonisation of operational processes, IT and systems, and organisational cultures, could negatively impact efficiency, productivity and quality, and lead to increased costs and complexities, as well as disruption to service and delivery, if not carefully managed. People risk: People risk is heightened, driven by an uncertain and changing environment which could have varying adverse impacts, for example on attrition and talent attraction. |
|||
|
Cyberattacks |
The landscape of security and cyber threats continues to advance and is becoming more sophisticated in terms of frequency, impact, and severity, with potential that AI-assisted tools such as voice and image generation create further risks. The current geopolitical and macroeconomic environment heightens the risk of cyberattacks on the Group, with wide-ranging impacts including financial and data loss, disruption to our business and customer service, and reputational damage. The Group is investing in capabilities to defend against cyber threats, with key initiatives ongoing to upgrade propositions across areas such as financial crime prevention and cyber defence. |
|||
Risk management
Credit risk
|
Section |
Page |
Tables |
Page |
|
Credit risk overview |
18 |
|
|
|
Group credit risk exposures |
18 |
Maximum exposure to credit risk on financial assets, contingent liabilities and credit-related commitments |
19 |
|
Key credit metrics |
19 |
Key credit metrics |
19 |
|
|
|
Gross loans and advances ECL and coverage |
20 |
|
|
|
Stage 2 balances |
22 |
|
|
|
Credit risk exposure and ECL, by internal probability of default (PD) rating, by IFRS 9 stage allocation |
23 |
|
|
|
IFRS 9 staging |
24 |
|
Mortgage credit performance |
25 |
Breakdown of Mortgage portfolio |
25 |
|
Collateral |
26 |
Mortgage portfolio interest rate breakdown |
25 |
|
Forbearance |
26 |
Average LTV of Mortgage portfolio by staging |
26 |
|
IFRS 9 staging |
27 |
IFRS 9 staging |
27 |
|
Unsecured credit performance |
28 |
Breakdown of Unsecured credit portfolio |
28 |
|
Forbearance |
28 |
|
|
|
IFRS 9 staging |
29 |
IFRS 9 staging |
29 |
|
Business credit performance |
31 |
Breakdown of Business credit portfolio |
31 |
|
Forbearance |
32 |
|
|
|
IFRS 9 staging |
33 |
IFRS 9 staging |
33 |
|
Macroeconomic assumptions, scenarios, and weightings |
34 |
|
|
|
Macroeconomic assumptions |
34 |
Scenarios |
34 |
|
|
|
Key macroeconomic assumptions |
35 |
|
|
|
Five-year simple averages on unemployment, GDP and HPI |
37 |
|
The use of estimates, judgements and sensitivity analysis |
37 |
|
|
|
The use of estimates |
37 |
Economic scenarios |
37 |
|
The use of judgement |
38 |
Impact of changes to significant increase in credit risk (SICR) thresholds on staging |
38 |
|
|
|
Impact of management adjustments (MAs) on the Group's ECL allowance and coverage ratio |
39 |
|
|
|
Macroeconomic assumptions |
41 |
Risk management
Credit risk
Credit risk overview
Credit risk is the risk that a borrower or counterparty fails to pay the interest or capital due on a loan or other financial instrument. Credit risk manifests itself in the financial instruments and products that the Group offers and in which it invests and can arise in respect of both on- and off-balance sheet exposures. This remains consistent with the Group's position as described in the Group's 2023 Annual Report and Accounts, however not all of that information has been replicated in this Interim Financial Report.
Close monitoring, clear policies and underwriting criteria, and a disciplined approach to credit risk management support the Group's operations and have underpinned its resilience in recently challenging times. Inflationary headwinds and cost of living pressures are improving but remain sufficiently challenging to continue to have the potential to affect customer resilience and debt affordability. The Group continually reviews the steps that are being taken to support customers through this period of heightened affordability pressure and ensure that its credit risk framework and associated policies remain effective and appropriate.
The Group has continued to maintain a relatively stable lending book, with gross lending to customers reducing slightly overall to £71.9bn at 30 September 2024 (30 September 2023: £73.3bn) as 7% growth in target segments of Unsecured and Business was offset by a 4% reduction in Mortgages. The Unsecured balances increased 6% to £7.2bn (30 September 2023 £6.8bn), driven by 9% growth in the credit card portfolio. Business lending increased 7% overall to £9.3bn (30 September 2023: £8.7bn), as growth in BAU balances offset ongoing reductions in government-backed lending.
Asset quality remains robust and most of the key asset quality ratios remained resilient with no significant deterioration.
During the 12 month period to 30 September 2024, the Group reviewed the existing staging approach for credit cards in the Unsecured portfolio which focused on the triggers that move exposures from Stage 1 (requiring a 12-month ECL calculation) to Stage 2 (requiring a lifetime ECL calculation) and removed the requirement for a two-month probation period before accounts could return to Stage 1 from Stage 2 for non-forborne exposures. The overall impact of this change has been a reduction of £31m in the modelled ECL in the Unsecured portfolio.
Primarily driven by an improving economic outlook, the updated macroeconomic inputs have resulted in a release of modelled provision across all portfolios. MAs also reduced in the period to £71m (30 September 2023: £76m). The total ECL provision reduced to £606m as at 30 September 2024 (30 September 2023: £617m); the coverage ratio remained stable at 84bps.
The impairment charge to the income statement is £177m (12 months to 30 September 2023: £309m) with an associated CoR of 24bps (12 months to 30 September 2023: 42bps).
Group credit risk exposures
The Group is exposed to credit risk across all of its financial asset classes, however its principal exposure to credit risk arises on customer lending balances. Given the significance of customer lending exposures to the Group's overall credit risk position, the disclosures that follow are focused principally on customer lending.
The Group is also exposed to credit risk on its other banking and treasury-related activities and holds £10.7bn of cash and balances with central banks and £0.5bn due from other banks at amortised cost (30 September 2023: £11.3bn and £0.7bn respectively), with a further £6.1bn (30 September 2023: £6.2bn) of financial assets at FVOCI. Cash and balances with central banks include £9.7bn of cash held with the BoE (30 September 2023: £10.2bn). Balances with other banks and financial assets at FVOCI are primarily held with senior investment grade counterparties. All other banking and treasury related financial assets are classed as Stage 1 with no material ECL provision held.
The following tables show the levels of concentration of the Group's loans and advances, contingent liabilities and credit-related commitments.
Risk management
Credit risk
Maximum exposure to credit risk on financial assets and credit-related commitments
|
30 September 2024 |
Gross loans and advances to customers |
Credit-related commitments |
Total |
|
£m |
£m |
£m |
|
|
Mortgages |
55,409 |
2,458 |
57,867 |
|
Unsecured |
7,197 |
10,990 |
18,187 |
|
Business |
9,334 |
4,217 |
13,551 |
|
Total |
71,940 |
17,665 |
89,605 |
|
Impairment provisions on credit exposures (1) |
(602) |
(4) |
(606) |
|
Fair value hedge adjustment |
(112) |
- |
(112) |
|
Maximum credit risk exposure on lending assets |
71,226 |
17,661 |
88,887 |
|
Cash and balances with central banks |
|
|
10,695 |
|
Financial instruments at FVOCI |
|
|
6,087 |
|
Due from other banks |
|
|
518 |
|
Other financial assets at fair value |
|
|
54 |
|
Derivative financial assets |
|
|
44 |
|
Maximum credit risk exposure on all financial assets (2) |
|
|
106,285 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
30 September 2023 |
|
|
|
|
Mortgage |
57,797 |
2,685 |
60,482 |
|
Unsecured |
6,814 |
11,242 |
18,056 |
|
Business |
8,684 |
4,073 |
12,757 |
|
Total |
73,295 |
18,000 |
91,295 |
|
Impairment provisions held on credit exposures (1) |
(612) |
(5) |
(617) |
|
Fair value hedge adjustment |
(492) |
- |
(492) |
|
Maximum credit risk exposure on lending assets |
72,191 |
17,995 |
90,186 |
|
Cash and balances with central banks |
|
|
11,282 |
|
Financial instruments at FVOCI |
|
|
6,184 |
|
Due from other banks |
|
|
667 |
|
Other financial assets at fair value |
|
|
61 |
|
Derivative financial assets |
|
|
135 |
|
Maximum credit risk exposure on all financial assets (2) |
|
|
108,515 |
(1) The total ECL provision covers both on and off-balance sheet exposures which are reflected in notes 3.1.1.1 and 3.3 respectively. All tables and ratios that follow are calculated using the combined on- and off-balance sheet ECL, which is consistent for all periods reported. Off-balance sheet exposures include financial guarantees and other credit commitments.
(2) Unless otherwise noted, the amount that best represents the maximum credit exposure at the reporting date is the carrying value of the financial asset.
Key credit metrics
|
|
6 months to 30 Sep 2024 £m |
12 months to 30 Sep 2024 £m |
6 months to 30 Sep 2023 £m |
12 months to 30 Sep 2023 £m |
|
||
|
Impairment charge on credit exposures |
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Mortgage lending |
(4) |
(5) |
(1) |
2 |
|
||
|
Unsecured lending |
73 |
154 |
143 |
269 |
|
||
|
Business lending |
15 |
28 |
23 |
38 |
|
||
|
Total Group impairment charge |
84 |
177 |
165 |
309 |
|
||
|
Impairment charge (1) to average customer loans (cost of risk (CoR)) |
0.23% |
0.24% |
0.45% |
0.42% |
|
||
|
(1) |
Inclusive of gains/losses on assets held at fair value and elements of fraud loss. |
||||||
|
|
As at |
|
||
|
|
30 Sep 2024 |
30 Sep 2023 |
|
|
|
Key asset quality ratios |
|
|
|
|
|
Loans in Stage 2 |
7.34% |
8.63% |
|
|
|
Loans in Stage 3 |
1.61% |
1.47% |
|
|
|
Total book coverage (1) |
0.84% |
0.84% |
|
|
|
Stage 2 coverage (1) |
6.14% |
6.33% |
|
|
|
Stage 3 coverage (1) |
18.40% |
13.93% |
|
|
|
(1) |
Excludes the guaranteed element of government-backed loan schemes. |
|||
Risk management
Credit risk
Credit quality of loans and advances
The following tables outline the staging profile of the Group's customer lending portfolios which is key to understanding their asset quality.
Gross loans and advances (1) ECL and coverage
|
30 September 2024 |
|
Unsecured |
|
||||||||||||
|
Mortgages |
Cards |
Loans and overdrafts |
Combined |
Business (2) |
Total(2) |
|
|||||||||
|
£m |
% |
£m |
% |
£m |
% |
£m |
% |
£m |
% |
£m |
% |
|
|||
|
Stage 1 |
52,370 |
94.5% |
5,565 |
83.7% |
296 |
53.6% |
5,861 |
81.4% |
7,276 |
78.0% |
65,507 |
91.1% |
|
||
|
Stage 2 - total |
2,477 |
4.5% |
946 |
14.3% |
249 |
45.2% |
1,195 |
16.6% |
1,606 |
17.2% |
5,278 |
7.3% |
|
||
|
Stage 2: 0 DPD |
2,122 |
3.8% |
889 |
13.4% |
246 |
44.6% |
1,135 |
15.8% |
1,586 |
17.0% |
4,843 |
6.7% |
|
||
|
Stage 2: < 30 DPD |
104 |
0.2% |
27 |
0.4% |
1 |
0.2% |
28 |
0.4% |
9 |
0.1% |
141 |
0.2% |
|
||
|
Stage 2: > 30 DPD |
251 |
0.5% |
30 |
0.5% |
2 |
0.4% |
32 |
0.4% |
11 |
0.1% |
294 |
0.4% |
|
||
|
Stage 3(3) |
562 |
1.0% |
134 |
2.0% |
7 |
1.2% |
141 |
2.0% |
452 |
4.8% |
1,155 |
1.6% |
|
||
|
|
55,409 |
100.0% |
6,645 |
100.0% |
552 |
100.0% |
7,197 |
100.0% |
9,334 |
100.0% |
71,940 |
100.0% |
|
||
|
ECLs(4) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Stage 1 |
7 |
15.0% |
72 |
18.9% |
4 |
11.9% |
76 |
18.4% |
25 |
17.1% |
108 |
17.8% |
|
||
|
Stage 2 - total |
22 |
44.1% |
242 |
63.3% |
21 |
72.3% |
263 |
63.9% |
38 |
26.5% |
323 |
53.4% |
|
||
|
Stage 2: 0 DPD |
8 |
15.4% |
210 |
55.0% |
20 |
67.0% |
230 |
55.8% |
38 |
26.4% |
276 |
45.6% |
|
||
|
Stage 2: < 30 DPD |
3 |
5.6% |
13 |
3.3% |
- |
1.3% |
13 |
3.2% |
- |
0.1% |
16 |
2.6% |
|
||
|
Stage 2: > 30 DPD |
11 |
23.1% |
19 |
5.0% |
1 |
4.0% |
20 |
4.9% |
- |
0.0% |
31 |
5.2% |
|
||
|
Stage 3(3) |
20 |
40.9% |
68 |
17.8% |
5 |
15.8% |
73 |
17.7% |
82 |
56.4% |
175 |
28.8% |
|
||
|
|
49 |
100.0% |
382 |
100.0% |
30 |
100.0% |
412 |
100.0% |
145 |
100.0% |
606 |
100.0% |
|
||
|
Coverage |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Stage 1 |
|
0.01% |
|
1.37% |
|
1.21% |
|
1.36% |
|
0.35% |
|
0.16% |
|
||
|
Stage 2 - total |
|
0.86% |
|
26.73% |
|
8.76% |
|
22.80% |
|
2.44% |
|
6.14% |
|
||
|
Stage 2: 0 DPD |
|
0.35% |
|
24.71% |
|
8.22% |
|
20.97% |
|
2.45% |
|
5.70% |
|
||
|
Stage 2: < 30 DPD |
|
2.53% |
|
49.62% |
|
34.49% |
|
48.95% |
|
1.08% |
|
11.09% |
|
||
|
Stage 2: > 30 DPD |
|
4.52% |
|
66.11% |
|
58.25% |
|
65.57% |
|
1.39% |
|
11.01% |
|
||
|
Stage 3(3) |
|
3.57% |
|
52.22% |
|
79.25% |
|
53.43% |
|
33.01% |
|
18.40% |
|
||
|
|
|
0.09% |
|
6.06% |
|
5.47% |
|
6.02% |
|
1.61% |
|
0.84% |
|
||
|
Undrawn exposures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Stage 1 |
2,344 |
95.4% |
10,510 |
98.2% |
269 |
94.1% |
10,779 |
98.1% |
3,668 |
87.0% |
16,791 |
95.1% |
|
||
|
Stage 2 |
102 |
4.1% |
172 |
1.6% |
16 |
5.6% |
188 |
1.7% |
530 |
12.5% |
820 |
4.6% |
|
||
|
Stage 3 |
12 |
0.5% |
22 |
0.2% |
1 |
0.3% |
23 |
0.2% |
19 |
0.5% |
54 |
0.3% |
|
||
|
|
2,458 |
100.0% |
10,704 |
100.0% |
286 |
100.0% |
10,990 |
100.0% |
4,217 |
100.0% |
17,665 |
100.0% |
|
||
Risk management
Credit risk
Gross loans and advances (1) ECL and coverage (continued)
|
30 September 2023 |
|
Unsecured |
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Mortgages |
Cards |
Loans and overdrafts |
Combined |
Business (2) |
Total(2) |
||||||||||
|
£m |
% |
£m |
% |
£m |
% |
£m |
% |
£m |
% |
£m |
% |
|
|||
|
Stage 1 |
54,540 |
94.3% |
4,658 |
76.5% |
398 |
54.8% |
5,056 |
74.2% |
6,293 |
72.5% |
65,889 |
89.9% |
|
||
|
Stage 2 - total |
2,704 |
4.7% |
1,321 |
21.7% |
321 |
44.3% |
1,642 |
24.1% |
1,980 |
22.8% |
6,326 |
8.6% |
|
||
|
Stage 2: 0 DPD |
2,405 |
4.2% |
1,250 |
20.5% |
316 |
43.6% |
1,566 |
23.0% |
1,951 |
22.4% |
5,922 |
8.1% |
|
||
|
Stage 2: < 30 DPD |
98 |
0.2% |
37 |
0.6% |
2 |
0.3% |
39 |
0.6% |
14 |
0.2% |
151 |
0.2% |
|
||
|
Stage 2: > 30 DPD |
201 |
0.3% |
34 |
0.6% |
3 |
0.4% |
37 |
0.5% |
15 |
0.2% |
253 |
0.3% |
|
||
|
Stage 3(3) |
553 |
1.0% |
109 |
1.8% |
7 |
0.9% |
116 |
1.7% |
411 |
4.7% |
1,080 |
1.5% |
|
||
|
|
57,797 |
100% |
6,088 |
100% |
726 |
100% |
6,814 |
100% |
8,684 |
100% |
73,295 |
100% |
|
||
|
ECLs (4) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Stage 1 |
13 |
22.6% |
42 |
10.8% |
4 |
12.1% |
46 |
10.9% |
30 |
22.6% |
89 |
14.5% |
|
||
|
Stage 2 - total |
27 |
47.9% |
294 |
74.9% |
28 |
73.5% |
322 |
74.8% |
51 |
39.4% |
400 |
64.7% |
|
||
|
Stage 2: 0 DPD |
23 |
42.0% |
256 |
65.3% |
25 |
67.1% |
281 |
65.5% |
51 |
39.2% |
355 |
57.6% |
|
||
|
Stage 2: < 30 DPD |
1 |
1.3% |
17 |
4.3% |
1 |
1.9% |
18 |
4.1% |
- |
0.2% |
19 |
3.0% |
|
||
|
Stage 2: > 30 DPD |
3 |
4.6% |
21 |
5.3% |
2 |
4.5% |
23 |
5.2% |
- |
- |
26 |
4.1% |
|
||
|
Stage 3(3) |
17 |
29.5% |
56 |
14.3% |
5 |
14.4% |
61 |
14.3% |
50 |
38.0% |
128 |
20.8% |
|
||
|
|
57 |
100% |
392 |
100% |
37 |
100% |
429 |
100% |
131 |
100% |
617 |
100% |
|
||
|
Coverage |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Stage 1 |
|
0.02% |
|
0.98% |
|
1.07% |
|
0.99% |
|
0.49% |
|
0.13% |
|
||
|
Stage 2 - total |
|
0.99% |
|
23.16% |
|
8.16% |
|
20.07% |
|
2.66% |
|
6.33% |
|
||
|
Stage 2: 0 DPD |
|
0.98% |
|
21.31% |
|
7.56% |
|
18.38% |
|
2.67% |
|
6.02% |
|
||
|
Stage 2: < 30 DPD |
|
0.74% |
|
48.66% |
|
35.30% |
|
47.94% |
|
1.56% |
|
12.19% |
|
||
|
Stage 2: > 30 DPD |
|
1.28% |
|
64.90% |
|
56.02% |
|
64.16% |
|
0.95% |
|
10.38% |
|
||
|
Stage 3(3) |
|
3.03% |
|
54.15% |
|
77.16% |
|
55.57% |
|
19.76% |
|
13.93% |
|
||
|
|
|
0.10% |
|
6.88% |
|
4.88% |
|
6.65% |
|
1.60% |
|
0.84% |
|
||
|
Undrawn exposures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Stage 1 |
2,560 |
95.4% |
10,493 |
96.2% |
280 |
82.1% |
10,773 |
95.8% |
3,453 |
84.7% |
16,786 |
93.3% |
|
||
|
Stage 2 |
114 |
4.2% |
387 |
3.6% |
60 |
17.6% |
447 |
4.0% |
597 |
14.7% |
1,158 |
6.4% |
|
||
|
Stage 3 |
11 |
0.4% |
21 |
0.2% |
1 |
0.3% |
22 |
0.2% |
23 |
0.6% |
56 |
0.3% |
|
||
|
|
2,685 |
100% |
10,901 |
100% |
341 |
100% |
11,242 |
100% |
4,073 |
100% |
18,000 |
100% |
|
||
|
(1) |
Excludes loans designated at FVTPL, balances due from customers on acceptances, accrued interest and deferred and unamortised fee income. |
|
|||||||||||||
|
(2) |
Business and total coverage ratio excludes the guaranteed element of government-backed loans. |
|
|||||||||||||
|
(3) |
Stage 3 includes purchased or originated credit impaired (POCI) for gross loans and advances of £39m for Mortgages and £1m for Unsecured (30 September 2023: £48m and £1m respectively); and ECL of (£1m) for Mortgages and (£1m) for Unsecured (30 September 2023: (£1m) and (£1m) respectively). |
|
|||||||||||||
|
(4) |
Includes £4m ECL held for off-balance sheet exposures (30 September 2023: £5m), of which £1m (30 September 2023: £1m) is held under Stage 1 and £3m (30 September 2023: £4m) under Stage 2. |
|
|||||||||||||
Risk management
Credit risk
Credit quality of loans and advances (continued)
Stage 2 balances
There can be a number of reasons that require a financial asset to be subject to a Stage 2 lifetime ECL calculation other than reaching the 30 DPD backstop. The following table highlights the relevant trigger points leading to a financial asset being classed as Stage 2:
|
30 September 2024 |
|
Unsecured |
|
|
|||||||||
|
Mortgages |
Cards(3) |
Loans and overdrafts |
Combined |
Business |
Total |
|
|||||||
|
£m |
% |
£m |
% |
£m |
% |
£m |
% |
£m |
% |
£m |
% |
||
|
PD deterioration |
1,390 |
56% |
465 |
49% |
247 |
99% |
712 |
60% |
713 |
44% |
2,815 |
53% |
|
|
Forbearance |
98 |
4% |
15 |
2% |
- |
- |
15 |
1% |
308 |
19% |
421 |
8% |
|
|
AFD or Watch List (1) |
1 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
574 |
36% |
575 |
11% |
|
|
> 30 DPD |
251 |
10% |
30 |
3% |
2 |
1% |
32 |
3% |
11 |
1% |
294 |
6% |
|
|
Other (2) |
737 |
30% |
436 |
46% |
- |
- |
436 |
36% |
- |
- |
1,173 |
22% |
|
|
|
2,477 |
100% |
946 |
100% |
249 |
100% |
1,195 |
100% |
1,606 |
100% |
5,278 |
100% |
|
|
ECLs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PD deterioration |
7 |
32% |
105 |
43% |
20 |
95% |
125 |
48% |
11 |
29% |
143 |
44% |
|
|
Forbearance |
2 |
9% |
5 |
2% |
- |
- |
5 |
2% |
10 |
26% |
17 |
5% |
|
|
AFD or Watch List (1) |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
17 |
45% |
17 |
5% |
|
|
> 30 DPD |
11 |
50% |
19 |
8% |
1 |
5% |
20 |
8% |
- |
- |
31 |
10% |
|
|
Other (2) |
2 |
9% |
113 |
47% |
- |
- |
113 |
42% |
- |
- |
115 |
36% |
|
|
|
22 |
100% |
242 |
100% |
21 |
100% |
263 |
100% |
38 |
100% |
323 |
100% |
|
|
30 September 2023 |
|
Unsecured |
|
||||||||||
|
Mortgages |
Cards |
Loans and overdrafts |
Combined |
Business |
Total |
||||||||
|
£m |
% |
£m |
% |
£m |
% |
£m |
% |
£m |
% |
£m |
% |
||
|
PD deterioration |
1,739 |
65% |
777 |
59% |
317 |
99% |
1,094 |
67% |
1,229 |
62% |
4,062 |
64% |
|
|
Forbearance |
81 |
3% |
16 |
1% |
1 |
- |
17 |
1% |
281 |
14% |
379 |
6% |
|
|
AFD or Watch List (1) |
1 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
455 |
23% |
456 |
7% |
|
|
> 30 DPD |
201 |
7% |
34 |
3% |
3 |
1% |
37 |
2% |
15 |
1% |
253 |
4% |
|
|
Other (2) |
682 |
25% |
494 |
37% |
- |
- |
494 |
30% |
- |
- |
1,176 |
19% |
|
|
|
2,704 |
100% |
1,321 |
100% |
321 |
100% |
1,642 |
100% |
1,980 |
100% |
6,326 |
100% |
|
|
ECLs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PD deterioration |
18 |
67% |
143 |
49% |
26 |
93% |
169 |
52% |
23 |
45% |
210 |
52% |
|
|
Forbearance |
3 |
11% |
5 |
2% |
- |
- |
5 |
2% |
14 |
28% |
22 |
6% |
|
|
AFD or Watch List (1) |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
14 |
27% |
14 |
4% |
|
|
> 30 DPD |
3 |
11% |
21 |
7% |
2 |
7% |
23 |
7% |
- |
- |
26 |
7% |
|
|
Other (2) |
3 |
11% |
125 |
42% |
- |
- |
125 |
39% |
- |
- |
128 |
31% |
|
|
|
27 |
100% |
294 |
100% |
28 |
100% |
322 |
100% |
51 |
100% |
400 |
100% |
|
|
(1) |
Approaching Financial Difficulty (AFD) and Watch markers are early warning indicators of Business customers who may be approaching financial difficulties. If these indicators are not reversed, they may lead to a requirement for more proactive management. |
|
|||||||||||
|
(2) |
Other refers primarily to rules using additional credit reference agency data as well as a number of smaller value drivers. |
|
|||||||||||
|
(3) |
During the period, changes to the credit card SICR model, that removed the requirement for a two-month probation before accounts could return to Stage 1 from Stage 2 for non-forborne exposures, resulted in a reduced modelled ECL in the credit cards portfolio by £31m. |
|
|||||||||||
Risk management
Credit risk
Credit risk exposure and ECL, by internal PD rating, by IFRS 9 stage allocation
The distribution of the Group's credit exposures and ECL by internal PD rating is analysed below:
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
Stage 1 |
Stage 2 |
Stage 3(1) |
Total |
|||||||
|
30 September 2024 |
Lending £m |
ECL £m |
Lending £m |
ECL £m |
Lending £m |
ECL £m |
Lending £m |
ECL £m |
|||
|
Mortgages |
PD range |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Strong |
0 - 0.74 |
50,750 |
4 |
1,283 |
1 |
- |
- |
52,033 |
5 |
||
|
Good |
0.75 - 2.49 |
1,303 |
1 |
420 |
1 |
- |
- |
1,723 |
2 |
||
|
Satisfactory |
2.50 - 99.99 |
317 |
2 |
774 |
20 |
- |
- |
1,091 |
22 |
||
|
Default |
100 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
562 |
20 |
562 |
20 |
||
|
Total |
|
52,370 |
7 |
2,477 |
22 |
562 |
20 |
55,409 |
49 |
||
|
Unsecured |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Strong |
0 - 2.49 |
4,795 |
38 |
16 |
1 |
- |
- |
4,811 |
39 |
||
|
Good |
2.50 - 9.99 |
1,061 |
37 |
720 |
105 |
- |
- |
1,781 |
142 |
||
|
Satisfactory |
10.00 - 99.99 |
5 |
1 |
459 |
157 |
- |
- |
464 |
158 |
||
|
Default |
100 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
141 |
73 |
141 |
73 |
||
|
Total |
|
5,861 |
76 |
1,195 |
263 |
141 |
73 |
7,197 |
412 |
||
|
Business |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Strong |
0 - 0.74 |
2,528 |
2 |
150 |
- |
- |
- |
2,678 |
2 |
||
|
Good |
0.75 - 9.99 |
4,740 |
23 |
1,307 |
27 |
- |
- |
6,047 |
50 |
||
|
Satisfactory |
10.00 - 99.99 |
8 |
- |
149 |
11 |
- |
- |
157 |
11 |
||
|
Default |
100 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
452 |
82 |
452 |
82 |
||
|
Total |
|
7,276 |
25 |
1,606 |
38 |
452 |
82 |
9,334 |
145 |
||
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
Stage 1 |
Stage 2 |
Stage 3(1) |
Total |
|||||||
|
30 September 2023 |
Lending £m |
ECL £m |
Lending £m |
ECL £m |
Lending £m |
ECL £m |
Lending £m |
ECL £m |
|||
|
Mortgages |
PD range |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Strong |
0 - 0.74 |
52,612 |
8 |
1,355 |
2 |
- |
- |
53,967 |
10 |
||
|
Good |
0.75 - 2.49 |
1,540 |
2 |
553 |
3 |
- |
- |
2,093 |
5 |
||
|
Satisfactory |
2.50 - 99.99 |
388 |
3 |
796 |
22 |
- |
- |
1,184 |
25 |
||
|
Default |
100 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
553 |
17 |
553 |
17 |
||
|
Total |
|
54,540 |
13 |
2,704 |
27 |
553 |
17 |
57,797 |
57 |
||
|
Unsecured |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Strong |
0 - 2.49 |
4,443 |
29 |
123 |
12 |
- |
- |
4,566 |
41 |
||
|
Good |
2.50 - 9.99 |
607 |
16 |
1,063 |
148 |
- |
- |
1,670 |
164 |
||
|
Satisfactory |
10.00 - 99.99 |
6 |
1 |
456 |
162 |
- |
- |
462 |
163 |
||
|
Default |
100 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
116 |
61 |
116 |
61 |
||
|
Total |
|
5,056 |
46 |
1,642 |
322 |
116 |
61 |
6,814 |
429 |
||
|
Business |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Strong |
0 - 0.74 |
1,860 |
2 |
158 |
- |
- |
- |
2,018 |
2 |
||
|
Good |
0.75 - 9.99 |
4,360 |
27 |
1,441 |
30 |
- |
- |
5,801 |
57 |
||
|
Satisfactory |
10.00 - 99.99 |
73 |
1 |
381 |
21 |
- |
- |
454 |
22 |
||
|
Default |
100 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
411 |
50 |
411 |
50 |
||
|
Total |
|
6,293 |
30 |
1,980 |
51 |
411 |
50 |
8,684 |
131 |
||
|
(1) |
Stage 3 includes POCI for gross lending of £39m for Mortgages and £1m for Unsecured (30 September 2023: £48m and £1m respectively); and ECL of (£1m) for Mortgages and (£1m) for Unsecured (30 September 2023: (£1m) and (£1m) respectively). |
|
|||||||||
In terms of the credit quality of the loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts, 96% is classified as either 'Good' or 'Strong' under the Group's internal PD rating scale (30 September 2023: 96%) and the level of default remaining low.
The improvements to the profile of the PD groupings has been predominantly driven by the updates to model economic scenarios (MES).
Risk management
Credit risk
IFRS 9 staging
The following table shows the changes in the loss allowance and gross carrying value of the portfolios. Values are calculated using the individual customer account balances, and the stage allocation is taken as at the end of each month. The monthly position of each account is aggregated to report a net closing position for the period, thereby incorporating all movements an account has made during the period.
|
12 months to 30 September 2024 |
Stage 1 |
Stage 2 |
Stage 3(1) |
Total gross loans £m |
Total provisions £m |
|
|||
|
Gross loans £m |
ecl £m |
Gross loans £m |
ecl £m |
Gross loans £m |
ecl £m |
Income statement £m |
|||
|
Opening balance at 1 October 2023 |
65,889 |
89 |
6,326 |
400 |
1,080 |
128 |
73,295 |
617 |
|
|
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2 |
(6,934) |
(53) |
6,907 |
412 |
- |
- |
(27) |
359 |
359 |
|
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1 |
5,881 |
54 |
(5,985) |
(340) |
- |
- |
(104) |
(286) |
(286) |
|
Transfers to Stage 3 |
(85) |
(1) |
(679) |
(152) |
769 |
177 |
5 |
24 |
24 |
|
Transfers from Stage 3 |
70 |
1 |
162 |
11 |
(249) |
(11) |
(17) |
1 |
1 |
|
Net movement |
(1,068) |
1 |
405 |
(69) |
520 |
166 |
(143) |
98 |
98 |
|
New assets originated or purchased (2) |
20,091 |
91 |
700 |
47 |
300 |
46 |
21,091 |
184 |
184 |
|
Repayments and other movements (3) |
(3,071) |
1 |
(612) |
13 |
191 |
(8) |
(3,492) |
6 |
6 |
|
Repaid or derecognised (3) |
(16,334) |
(74) |
(1,541) |
(68) |
(696) |
(187) |
(18,571) |
(329) |
(329) |
|
Write-offs |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(240) |
(240) |
(240) |
(240) |
- |
|
Cash recoveries |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
52 |
- |
52 |
- |
|
Individually assessed impairment charge |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
218 |
- |
218 |
218 |
|
Closing balance at 30 September 2024 |
65,507 |
108 |
5,278 |
323 |
1,155 |
175 |
71,940 |
606 |
177 |
|
12 months to 30 September 2023 |
Stage 1 |
Stage 2 |
Stage 3(1) |
Total gross loans £m |
Total provisions £m |
|
|||||
|
Gross loans £m |
ecl £m |
Gross loans £m |
ecl £m |
Gross loans £m |
ecl £m |
Income statement £m |
|||||
|
Opening balance at 1 October 2022 |
66,385 |
85 |
5,725 |
268 |
1,036 |
104 |
73,146 |
457 |
|
|
|
|
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2 |
(8,561) |
(46) |
8,535 |
414 |
- |
- |
(26) |
368 |
368 |
|
|
|
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1 |
6,077 |
16 |
(6,125) |
(129) |
- |
- |
(48) |
(113) |
(113) |
|
|
|
Transfers to Stage 3 |
(96) |
- |
(586) |
(109) |
686 |
138 |
4 |
29 |
29 |
|
|
|
Transfers from Stage 3 |
121 |
- |
134 |
8 |
(266) |
(10) |
(11) |
(2) |
(2) |
|
|
|
Net movement |
(2,459) |
(30) |
1,958 |
184 |
420 |
128 |
(81) |
282 |
282 |
|
|
|
New assets originated or purchased (2) |
20,489 |
57 |
629 |
44 |
161 |
34 |
21,279 |
135 |
135 |
|
|
|
Repayments and other movements (3) |
(2,990) |
12 |
(558) |
(22) |
140 |
(4) |
(3,408) |
(14) |
(14) |
|
|
|
Repaid or derecognised (3) |
(15,536) |
(35) |
(1,428) |
(74) |
(490) |
(127) |
(17,454) |
(236) |
(236) |
|
|
|
Write-offs |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(187) |
(187) |
(187) |
(187) |
- |
|
|
|
Cash recoveries |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
38 |
- |
38 |
- |
|
|
|
Individually assessed impairment charge |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
142 |
- |
142 |
142 |
|
|
|
Closing balance at 30 September 2023 |
65,889 |
89 |
6,326 |
400 |
1,080 |
128 |
73,295 |
617 |
309 |
|
|
|
(1) |
Stage 3 includes POCI for gross loans and advances of £39m for Mortgages and £1m for Unsecured (30 September 2023: £48m and £1m respectively), and ECL of (£1m) for Mortgages and (£1m) for Unsecured (30 September 2023: (£1m) and (£1m) respectively). Nil for Business in both periods. |
|
|||||||||
|
(2) |
Includes assets where the term has ended, and a new facility has been provided. |
|
|||||||||
|
(3) |
'Repayments' comprises payments made on customer lending which are not yet fully paid at the reporting date and the customer arrangement remains live at that date. 'Repaid' refers to payments made on customer lending which is either fully repaid or derecognised by the reporting date and the customer arrangement is therefore closed at that date. |
|
|||||||||
The IFRS 9 staging movements are driven by a variety of factors at individual product portfolio levels, with further detail provided in the following portfolio performance pages. Overall, the portfolio movements across staging show an improving trend with a net increase in the proportion held in Stage 1, and reduction in Stage 2. Updates to the macroeconomic assumptions used in the Group's IFRS 9 modelling, the SICR model changes in the unsecured portfolio and generally improved customer account performance all contribute to this. The level of write offs in the current 12 month period is higher than the prior 12 month period and has been primarily driven from the credit card portfolio, in addition to a small number of individually significant business write offs. Overall the levels of default across the portfolio remain low.
The contractual amount outstanding on loans and advances that were written off during the reporting period and still subject to enforcement activity was £7m (30 September 2023: £5m). The Group has not purchased any lending assets in the period (30 September 2023: none). Further information on staging profile is provided at a portfolio level in the respective portfolio performance section on the following pages.
Risk management
Credit risk
Mortgage credit performance
The table below presents key information which is important for understanding the asset quality of the Group's Mortgage portfolio and should be read in conjunction with the supplementary data presented in the following pages of this section.
Breakdown of Mortgage portfolio
|
|
Gross lending |
Modelled & IA ECL |
MA |
Total ECL |
Net lending |
Coverage |
Average LTV |
|
30 September 2024 |
£m |
£m |
£m |
£m |
£m |
% |
% |
|
Residential - capital repayment |
33,537 |
11 |
5 |
16 |
33,521 |
0.05% |
55.6% |
|
Residential - interest only |
7,251 |
8 |
1 |
9 |
7,242 |
0.12% |
48.9% |
|
Buy-to-let (BTL) |
14,621 |
8 |
16 |
24 |
14,597 |
0.17% |
54.6% |
|
Total Mortgage portfolio |
55,409 |
27 |
22 |
49 |
55,360 |
0.09% |
54.6% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30 September 2023 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Residential - capital repayment |
35,085 |
10 |
5 |
15 |
35,070 |
0.04% |
54.2% |
|
Residential - interest only |
7,503 |
8 |
1 |
9 |
7,494 |
0.12% |
47.0% |
|
BTL |
15,209 |
7 |
26 |
33 |
15,176 |
0.21% |
52.8% |
|
Total Mortgage portfolio |
57,797 |
25 |
32 |
57 |
57,740 |
0.10% |
52.9% |
Mortgage lending reduced in the period to £55.4bn (30 September 2023: £57.8bn) with lower demand for new lending owing to the higher rate environment, stressed affordability pressure and wider cost of living considerations, being outpaced by repayments and redemptions. Interest rates remain elevated as the Bank of England (BoE) look to steadily reduce the rate of inflation towards their 2% target, however the BoE base rate has reduced in the second half of the financial year, which has slightly eased affordability pressures and prompted a partial recovery in the housing market.
The portfolio continues to evidence good underlying credit performance, with the majority (98%) of lending not past due at the balance sheet date (30 September 2023: 98%), and 95% of loans held in Stage 1 (30 September 2023: 94%). The proportion of the portfolio rated Strong or Good at the balance sheet date under the Group's internal PD rating scale remains high at 97% (30 September 2023: 97%) reflecting the quality of the portfolio.
Stage 3 balances have remained low at 1.0% (30 September 2023: 1.0%) and 87% of the portfolio has an LTV of less than 75% (30 September 2023: 91%), with the weighted average LTV relatively stable in the period at 54.6% (30 September 2023: 52.9%).
All of these key metrics evidence a high quality mortgage portfolio, with relatively low risk of default, driven by sound lending decisions and underwriting criteria.
Mortgage portfolio - interest rate profile
|
|
30 September 2024 |
30 September 2023 |
||
|
|
£m |
% |
£m |
% |
|
Fixed rate |
50,408 |
91.0% |
52,841 |
91.5% |
|
Variable rate |
3,194 |
5.7% |
3,081 |
5.3% |
|
Standard variable rate (SVR) |
1,807 |
3.3% |
1,875 |
3.2% |
|
Total |
55,409 |
100.0% |
57,797 |
100.0% |
The Group is a signatory to the Mortgage Charter introduced by the Government to support mortgage customers impacted by higher mortgage interest rates and provide help and support to those who are in financial difficulty. This provides an option for borrowers who are up to date on their mortgage payments to switch to interest only payments for a six-month period. To date the number of customers requiring this support has been low.
Risk management
Credit risk
Mortgage credit performance (continued)
Collateral
The quality of the Group's Mortgage portfolio can be considered in terms of the average LTV of the portfolio and the staging of the portfolio, as set out in the following tables:
Average LTV of Mortgage portfolio by staging
|
30 September 2024 |
Stage 1 |
Stage 2 |
Stage 3(2) |
Total |
||||||||
|
LTV (1) |
Loans £m |
% |
ECL £m |
Loans £m |
% |
ECL £m |
Loans £m |
% |
ECL £m |
Loans £m |
% |
ECL £m |
|
Less than 50% |
20,177 |
39% |
2 |
1,358 |
55% |
3 |
247 |
44% |
4 |
21,782 |
39% |
9 |
|
50% to 75% |
25,478 |
49% |
3 |
977 |
40% |
11 |
223 |
40% |
5 |
26,678 |
48% |
19 |
|
76% to 80% |
2,731 |
5% |
- |
63 |
3% |
2 |
25 |
4% |
1 |
2,819 |
6% |
3 |
|
81% to 85% |
1,821 |
3% |
1 |
33 |
1% |
1 |
15 |
3% |
1 |
1,869 |
3% |
3 |
|
86% to 90% |
1,484 |
3% |
1 |
29 |
1% |
1 |
16 |
3% |
1 |
1,529 |
3% |
3 |
|
91% to 95% |
615 |
1% |
- |
11 |
- |
1 |
12 |
2% |
1 |
638 |
1% |
2 |
|
96% to 100% |
40 |
- |
- |
1 |
- |
- |
4 |
1% |
1 |
45 |
- |
1 |
|
Greater than 100% |
24 |
- |
- |
5 |
- |
3 |
20 |
3% |
6 |
49 |
- |
9 |
|
|
52,370 |
100% |
7 |
2,477 |
100% |
22 |
562 |
100% |
20 |
55,409 |
100% |
49 |
|
30 September 2023 |
Stage 1 |
Stage 2 |
Stage 3(2) |
Total |
|||||||||
|
LTV (1) |
Loans £m |
% |
ECL £m |
Loans £m |
% |
ECL £m |
Loans £m |
% |
ECL £m |
Loans £m |
% |
ECL £m |
|
|
Less than 50% |
22,680 |
42% |
4 |
1,551 |
58% |
5 |
282 |
50% |
2 |
24,513 |
42% |
11 |
|
|
50% to 75% |
26,913 |
49% |
6 |
1,009 |
37% |
14 |
203 |
37% |
4 |
28,125 |
49% |
24 |
|
|
76% to 80% |
2,270 |
4% |
1 |
81 |
3% |
2 |
22 |
4% |
1 |
2,373 |
4% |
4 |
|
|
81% to 85% |
1,408 |
3% |
1 |
33 |
1% |
1 |
13 |
2% |
1 |
1,454 |
3% |
3 |
|
|
86% to 90% |
992 |
2% |
- |
23 |
1% |
- |
9 |
2% |
1 |
1,024 |
2% |
1 |
|
|
91% to 95% |
236 |
- |
- |
3 |
- |
- |
11 |
2% |
1 |
250 |
- |
1 |
|
|
96% to 100% |
8 |
- |
- |
2 |
- |
1 |
3 |
1% |
- |
13 |
- |
1 |
|
|
Greater than 100% |
33 |
- |
1 |
2 |
- |
4 |
10 |
2% |
7 |
45 |
- |
12 |
|
|
|
54,540 |
100% |
13 |
2,704 |
100% |
27 |
553 |
100% |
17 |
57,797 |
100% |
57 |
|
|
(1) |
LTV of the Mortgage portfolio is defined as Mortgage portfolio weighted by balance. The portfolio is indexed using the MIAC Acadametrics indices at a given date. |
||||||||||||
|
(2) |
Stage 3 includes £39m (30 September 2023: £48m) of POCI gross loans and advances and (£1m) ECL (30 September 2023: (£1m)). |
||||||||||||
The Mortgage portfolio remains highly secured with 87% of mortgages, by loan value, having an indexed LTV of less than 75% (30 September 2023: 91%), and an average portfolio LTV of 54.6% (30 September 2023: 52.9%). The introduction of a new 2 year fixed 95% product together with increased lending to first time buyers in the period have driven the higher value of lending in the 91% to 95% range. The total portfolio has reduced by 4.3% with the highest reduction by proportion in Stage 2 and value in Stage 1.
Forbearance
The volume and value of loans in forbearance has changed in the period to 3,701/£522m from 3,801/£498m at 30 September 2023. This remains a primary measure of early intervention and support that customers use to find breathing space and make good choices towards the most favourable outcome.
When all other avenues of resolution, including forbearance, have been explored, the Group will take steps to repossess and sell underlying collateral. In the 12 month period to 30 September 2024, there were 86 repossessions (30 September 2023: 55). The Group remains committed to supporting the customer and places good customer outcomes at the centre of this strategy.
Risk management
Credit risk
Mortgage credit performance (continued)
IFRS 9 staging
The Group closely monitors the staging profile of the Mortgage portfolio over time which can be indicative of general trends in book health. Movements in the staging profile of the portfolio in the current and prior period are presented in the tables below.
|
|
|
Stage 1 |
Stage 2 |
Stage 3(1) |
|
|
|
|||
|
|
12 months to 30 September 2024 |
Gross loans £m |
ecl £m |
Gross loans £m |
ecl £m |
Gross loans £m |
ecl £m |
Total gross loans £m |
Total provisions £m |
Income statement £m |
|
Opening balance at 1 October 2023 |
54,540 |
13 |
2,704 |
27 |
553 |
17 |
57,797 |
57 |
|
|
|
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2 |
(3,914) |
(4) |
3,892 |
38 |
- |
- |
(22) |
34 |
34 |
|
|
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1 |
3,466 |
3 |
(3,491) |
(31) |
- |
- |
(25) |
(28) |
(28) |
|
|
Transfers to Stage 3 |
(46) |
- |
(297) |
(11) |
342 |
9 |
(1) |
(2) |
(2) |
|
|
Transfers from Stage 3 |
60 |
1 |
107 |
10 |
(176) |
(5) |
(9) |
6 |
6 |
|
|
Net movement |
(434) |
- |
211 |
6 |
166 |
4 |
(57) |
10 |
10 |
|
|
New assets originated or purchased (2) |
5,578 |
2 |
- |
- |
1 |
- |
5,579 |
2 |
2 |
|
|
Repayments and other movements (3) |
(2,444) |
(6) |
(109) |
(7) |
(13) |
10 |
(2,566) |
(3) |
(3) |
|
|
Repaid or derecognised (3) |
(4,870) |
(2) |
(329) |
(4) |
(142) |
(5) |
(5,341) |
(11) |
(11) |
|
|
Write-offs |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(3) |
(3) |
(3) |
(3) |
- |
|
|
Individually assessed impairment release(4) |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(3) |
- |
(3) |
(3) |
|
|
Closing balance at 30 September 2024 |
52,370 |
7 |
2,477 |
22 |
562 |
20 |
55,409 |
49 |
(5) |
|
|
of which: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Residential - capital repayment |
31,994 |
3 |
1,272 |
6 |
271 |
7 |
33,537 |
16 |
|
|
|
Residential - interest only |
6,483 |
- |
590 |
2 |
178 |
7 |
7,251 |
9 |
|
|
|
BTL |
13,893 |
4 |
615 |
14 |
113 |
6 |
14,621 |
24 |
|
|
|
|
Stage 1 |
Stage 2 |
Stage 3(1) |
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
12 months to 30 September 2023 |
Gross loans £m |
ecl £m |
Gross loans £m |
ecl £m |
Gross loans £m |
ecl £m |
Total gross loans £m |
Total provisions £m |
Income statement £m |
|||||||||
|
Opening balance at 1 October 2022 |
54,791 |
10 |
3,090 |
32 |
583 |
14 |
58,464 |
56 |
|
|||||||||
|
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2 |
(5,237) |
(3) |
5,203 |
63 |
- |
- |
(34) |
60 |
60 |
|||||||||
|
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1 |
4,827 |
1 |
(4,852) |
(49) |
- |
- |
(25) |
(48) |
(48) |
|||||||||
|
Transfers to Stage 3 |
(58) |
- |
(273) |
(5) |
328 |
7 |
(3) |
2 |
2 |
|||||||||
|
Transfers from Stage 3 |
112 |
- |
104 |
7 |
(222) |
(3) |
(6) |
4 |
4 |
|||||||||
|
Net movement |
(356) |
(2) |
182 |
16 |
106 |
4 |
(68) |
18 |
18 |
|||||||||
|
New assets originated or purchased (2) |
8,372 |
2 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
8,372 |
2 |
2 |
|||||||||
|
Repayments and other movements (3) |
(2,366) |
4 |
(99) |
(15) |
(9) |
3 |
(2,474) |
(8) |
(8) |
|||||||||
|
Repaid or derecognised (3) |
(5,901) |
(1) |
(469) |
(6) |
(126) |
(3) |
(6,496) |
(10) |
(10) |
|||||||||
|
Write-offs |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(1) |
(1) |
(1) |
(1) |
- |
|||||||||
|
Individually assessed impairment charge |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
|||||||||
|
Closing balance at 30 September 2023 |
54,540 |
13 |
2,704 |
27 |
553 |
17 |
57,797 |
57 |
2 |
|||||||||
|
of which: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Residential - capital repayment |
33,328 |
3 |
1,489 |
6 |
268 |
6 |
35,085 |
15 |
|
|||||||||
|
Residential - interest only |
6,651 |
1 |
657 |
2 |
195 |
6 |
7,503 |
9 |
|
|||||||||
|
BTL |
14,561 |
9 |
558 |
19 |
90 |
5 |
15,209 |
33 |
|
|||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Risk management
Credit risk
Mortgage credit performance (continued)
The Mortgage portfolio continues to evidence strong performance with levels of delinquency and impairment remaining relatively low.
The level of mortgage lending classed as Stage 1 increased to 94.5% (30 September 2023: 94.3%), with a decrease in assets in Stage 2 from 4.7% to 4.5%. Within the Stage 2 category, 86% is not yet past due at the balance sheet date (30 September 2023: 89%). The proportion of mortgages classified as Stage 3 remains modest at 1.0% (30 September 2023: 1.0%). The net movements across the stages show reductions, primarily in the Stage 2 and 3 portfolios, driven by an improving macroeconomic outlook and successful outcomes in either restoring customers to fully performing or resuming satisfactory repayment schedules, as the Group remains committed to the delivery of good customer outcomes.
The sustained quality in the internal PD ratings and high quality of collateral underpinning the book are key factors in an impairment release of £5m in the period (12 months to 30 September 2023: charge of £2m) and associated CoR of (1) bps (12 months to 30 September 2023: Nil bps). Provision coverage has remained relatively stable in the period at 9bps (30 September 2023: 10bps).
Unsecured credit performance
The table below presents key information which is important for understanding the asset quality of the Group's Unsecured lending portfolio and should be read in conjunction with the supplementary data presented in the following pages of this section.
Breakdown of Unsecured portfolio
|
|
Gross lending |
Modelled ECL |
MA |
Total ECL |
Net lending |
Coverage |
|
30 September 2024 |
£m |
£m |
£m |
£m |
£m |
% |
|
Credit cards |
6,645 |
337 |
45 |
382 |
6,263 |
6.06% |
|
Personal loans |
524 |
28 |
(1) |
27 |
497 |
5.03% |
|
Overdrafts |
28 |
3 |
- |
3 |
25 |
14.34% |
|
Total Unsecured lending portfolio |
7,197 |
368 |
44 |
412 |
6,785 |
6.02% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30 September 2023 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit cards |
6,088 |
364 |
28 |
392 |
5,696 |
6.88% |
|
Personal loans |
699 |
32 |
1 |
33 |
666 |
4.59% |
|
Overdrafts |
27 |
4 |
- |
4 |
23 |
11.62% |
|
Total Unsecured lending portfolio |
6,814 |
400 |
29 |
429 |
6,385 |
6.65% |
Unsecured gross lending balances increased to £7.2bn (30 September 2023: £6.8bn) with underlying growth in the credit card portfolio offset by repayments in the personal loan portfolio.
The overall credit quality of the Unsecured portfolio is stabilising. In the six months ended 30 September 2024, credit card arrears has gradually improved, however, remains elevated reflecting the ongoing maturation and diversification into higher risk segments. The proportion of the portfolio classed as Stage 1 or Stage 2 not past due is 97% (30 September 2023: 97%), with 92% of the portfolio rated Strong or Good at the balance sheet date under the Group's internal PD rating scale (30 September 2023: 92%).
Stage 3 balances have remained low at 2.0% (30 September 2023: 1.7%). The value of credit cards written off in the period, net of recoveries, was £168m (12 months to 30 September 2023: £116m).
During the period, the Group reviewed the existing staging approach for credit cards in the Unsecured portfolio which focused on the triggers that move exposures from Stage 1 (requiring a 12-month ECL calculation) to Stage 2 (requiring a lifetime ECL calculation) and removed the requirement for a two-month probation period before accounts could return to Stage 1 from Stage 2 for non-forborne exposures. The overall impact of these changes has been a reduction of £31m in the modelled ECL in the Unsecured portfolio. This has been partially offset by the ECL attributable to the credit card portfolio growth.
Overall, coverage reduced to 602bps (30 September 2023: 665bps).
Forbearance
The level of forbearance concessions agreed in the Unsecured portfolio, particularly in credit cards, has increased in line with a significantly growing portfolio, diversification and elevated arrears, although remains relatively low in proportion at 1.88% of the total portfolio lending at 30 September 2024 (30 September 2023: 1.42%). The level of impairment coverage on forborne lending has remained stable at 46% (30 September 2023: 46%).
Risk management
Credit risk
Unsecured credit performance (continued)
Credit cards forbearance totalled £122m (30,598 accounts), an increase from the 30 September 2023 position of £90m (22,206 accounts) reflective of the portfolio growth and diversification strategy. This represents 1.96% of total credit cards balances (30 September 2023: 1.56%).
Limited forbearance is exercised in relation to Personal loans and overdrafts, and remains relatively stable at £1m (30 September 2024: £2m) which equates to 0.36% of the portfolio (30 September 2023: £2m, 0.51%).
IFRS 9 staging
The Group closely monitors the staging profile of its Unsecured lending portfolio over time which can be indicative of general trends in book health. Movements in the staging profile of the portfolio in the current and prior period are presented in the tables below:
|
|
Stage 1 |
Stage 2 |
Stage 3(1) |
|
Total provisions £m |
Income statement £m |
|||
|
12 months to 30 September 2024 |
Gross loans £m |
ecl £m |
Gross loans £m |
ecl £m |
Gross loans £m |
ecl £m |
Total gross loans £m |
||
|
Opening balance at 1 October 2023 |
5,056 |
46 |
1,642 |
322 |
116 |
61 |
6,814 |
429 |
|
|
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2 |
(1,779) |
(45) |
1,785 |
352 |
- |
- |
6 |
307 |
307 |
|
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1 |
1,560 |
47 |
(1,639) |
(293) |
- |
- |
(79) |
(246) |
(246) |
|
Transfers to Stage 3 |
(22) |
- |
(233) |
(133) |
261 |
157 |
6 |
24 |
24 |
|
Transfers from Stage 3 |
- |
- |
1 |
- |
(4) |
(4) |
(3) |
(4) |
(4) |
|
Net movement |
(241) |
2 |
(86) |
(74) |
257 |
153 |
(70) |
81 |
81 |
|
New assets originated or purchased (2) |
1,307 |
11 |
- |
- |
2 |
2 |
1,309 |
13 |
13 |
|
Repayments and other movements (3) |
(42) |
20 |
(315) |
28 |
206 |
(8) |
(151) |
40 |
40 |
|
Repaid or derecognised (3) |
(219) |
(3) |
(46) |
(13) |
(218) |
(135) |
(483) |
(151) |
(151) |
|
Write-offs |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(222) |
(222) |
(222) |
(222) |
- |
|
Cash recoveries |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
51 |
- |
51 |
- |
|
Individually assessed impairment charge |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
171 |
- |
171 |
171 |
|
Closing balance at 30 September 2024 |
5,861 |
76 |
1,195 |
263 |
141 |
73 |
7,197 |
412 |
154 |
|
12 months to 30 September 2023 |
Stage 1 |
Stage 2 |
Stage 3(1) |
|
Total provisions £m |
|
||||||||||
|
Gross loans £m |
ecl £m |
Gross loans £m |
ecl £m |
Gross loans £m |
ecl £m |
Total gross loans £m |
Income statement £m |
|||||||||
|
Opening balance at 1 October 2022 |
5,324 |
63 |
1,109 |
181 |
80 |
40 |
6,513 |
284 |
|
|
||||||
|
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2 |
(1,621) |
(39) |
1,642 |
320 |
- |
- |
21 |
281 |
281 |
|
||||||
|
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1 |
590 |
13 |
(608) |
(69) |
- |
- |
(18) |
(56) |
(56) |
|
||||||
|
Transfers to Stage 3 |
(15) |
- |
(179) |
(100) |
200 |
121 |
6 |
21 |
21 |
|
||||||
|
Transfers from Stage 3 |
- |
- |
1 |
- |
(5) |
(5) |
(4) |
(5) |
(5) |
|
||||||
|
Net movement |
(1,046) |
(26) |
856 |
151 |
195 |
116 |
5 |
241 |
241 |
|
||||||
|
New assets originated or purchased (2) |
1,101 |
12 |
1 |
- |
2 |
2 |
1,104 |
14 |
14 |
|
||||||
|
Repayments and other movements (3) |
(97) |
- |
(282) |
2 |
152 |
(6) |
(227) |
(4) |
(4) |
|
||||||
|
Repaid or derecognised (3) |
(226) |
(3) |
(42) |
(12) |
(152) |
(91) |
(420) |
(106) |
(106) |
|
||||||
|
Write-offs |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(161) |
(161) |
(161) |
(161) |
- |
|
||||||
|
Cash recoveries |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
37 |
- |
37 |
- |
|
||||||
|
Individually assessed impairment charge |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
124 |
- |
124 |
124 |
|
||||||
|
Closing balance at 30 September 2023 |
5,056 |
46 |
1,642 |
322 |
116 |
61 |
6,814 |
429 |
269 |
|
||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Risk management
Credit risk
Unsecured credit performance (continued)
The changes to the credit card SICR model that removed the requirement for a two-month probation, is the primary driver of the increase in the balance of Unsecured lending classed as Stage 1 to 81.4% (30 September 2023: 74.2%), with a corresponding decrease in assets in Stage 2 from 24.1% to 16.6%. Within the Stage 2 category, 95.0% is not past due (30 September 2023: 95.4%). The proportion classified as Stage 3 increased slightly to 2.0% (30 September 2023: 1.7%).
The level of write offs in the Unsecured portfolio has increased slightly, commensurate with a growing portfolio, with an increase in the volume of credit card balances reaching 180 DPD the primary driver, although the level of post write off recoveries remains good. The value of fraud losses has increased from £6m to £12m, although remains modest in context to the portfolio size. The total ECL held on balance sheet has decreased from £429m at 30 September 2023 to £412m at 30 September 2024 with the improved economic outlook and the removal of the staging probation period the primary drivers. Modelled provision coverage, excluding MAs, is 510bps (30 September 2023: 589bps).
The total Unsecured impairment charge in the period is £154m (12 months to 30 September 2023: £269m), which is net of an individually assessed charge of £171m (12 months to 30 September 2023: £124m). The associated CoR is 230bps (12 months to 30 September 2023: 430bps).
The total provision coverage has reduced to 602bps (30 September 2023: 665bps).
Risk management
Credit risk
Business credit performance
The table below presents key information which is important for understanding the asset quality of the Group's Business lending portfolio and should be read in conjunction with the supplementary data presented in the following pages of this section.
Breakdown of Business portfolio
|
|
Gross lending |
Govern-ment (1) |
Total gross |
Model-led & IA ECL |
MA |
Total ECL |
Net lending |
Cover-age (2) |
|
||
|
30 September 2024 |
£m |
£m |
£m |
£m |
£m |
£m |
£m |
% |
|
||
|
Agriculture |
1,393 |
33 |
1,426 |
5 |
- |
5 |
1,421 |
0.39% |
|
||
|
Business services |
1,079 |
163 |
1,242 |
45 |
1 |
46 |
1,196 |
4.14% |
|
||
|
Commercial Real Estate |
838 |
3 |
841 |
5 |
- |
5 |
836 |
0.67% |
|
||
|
Government, health & education |
1,554 |
28 |
1,582 |
9 |
- |
9 |
1,573 |
0.61% |
|
||
|
Hospitality |
882 |
48 |
930 |
3 |
- |
3 |
927 |
0.38% |
|
||
|
Manufacturing |
661 |
53 |
714 |
20 |
1 |
21 |
693 |
3.12% |
|
||
|
Resources |
164 |
4 |
168 |
1 |
- |
1 |
167 |
0.77% |
|
||
|
Retail and wholesale trade |
790 |
103 |
893 |
20 |
1 |
21 |
872 |
2.65% |
|
||
|
Transport and storage |
369 |
23 |
392 |
5 |
- |
5 |
387 |
1.27% |
|
||
|
Utilities, post and telecoms |
501 |
7 |
508 |
6 |
- |
6 |
502 |
1.30% |
|
||
|
Other |
530 |
108 |
638 |
21 |
2 |
23 |
615 |
3.55% |
|
||
|
Total Business portfolio |
8,761 |
573 |
9,334 |
140 |
5 |
145 |
9,189 |
1.61% |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
30 September 2023 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Agriculture |
1,315 |
46 |
1,361 |
4 |
1 |
5 |
1,356 |
0.35% |
|
||
|
Business services |
1,153 |
212 |
1,365 |
38 |
3 |
41 |
1,324 |
3.45% |
|
||
|
Commercial Real Estate |
715 |
4 |
719 |
5 |
1 |
6 |
713 |
0.72% |
|
||
|
Government, health & education |
1,200 |
38 |
1,238 |
9 |
2 |
11 |
1,227 |
0.85% |
|
||
|
Hospitality |
779 |
60 |
839 |
3 |
1 |
4 |
835 |
0.50% |
|
||
|
Manufacturing |
669 |
77 |
746 |
17 |
3 |
20 |
726 |
2.87% |
|
||
|
Resources |
160 |
5 |
165 |
2 |
- |
2 |
163 |
1.65% |
|
||
|
Retail and wholesale trade |
758 |
145 |
903 |
19 |
2 |
21 |
882 |
2.72% |
|
||
|
Transport and storage |
290 |
32 |
322 |
4 |
- |
4 |
318 |
1.47% |
|
||
|
Utilities, post and telecoms |
376 |
11 |
387 |
4 |
1 |
5 |
382 |
1.22% |
|
||
|
Other |
501 |
138 |
639 |
11 |
1 |
12 |
627 |
2.36% |
|
||
|
Total Business portfolio |
7,916 |
768 |
8,684 |
116 |
15 |
131 |
8,553 |
1.60% |
|
||
|
(1) |
Government includes all lending provided to business customers under UK Government schemes including Bounce back loan scheme (BBLS), Coronavirus business interruption loan scheme (CBILS), Coronavirus large business interruption loan scheme (CLBILS) and Recovery loan scheme (RLS). This excludes £186m (30 September 2023: £143m) of guarantee claim funds received from British Business Bank. |
||||||||||
|
(2) |
Coverage ratio excludes the guaranteed element of government-backed loan schemes. |
||||||||||
Risk management
Credit risk
Business credit performance (continued)
Gross Business lending increased to £9.3bn (30 September 2023: £8.7bn). The government-guaranteed lending portfolio continues to reduce as borrowers repay balances. These schemes are closed to new applications and have been replaced by the Growth Guarantee Scheme from 1 July 2024, this lending will not be separately tracked and reported. Growth remains targeted to sectors and sub sectors where we have well established expertise. The sector mix remained stable with lending to the agriculture, business services and government, health and education sectors continuing to account for almost half of the total book, at 46% (30 September 2023: 46%).
The proportion of loans in Stage 1 has increased from 72.5% at 30 September 2023 to 78.0% at 30 September 2024, with a corresponding decrease in the proportion of loans in Stage 2 to 17.2% (30 September 2023: 22.8%). Within the Stage 2 category, 98.8% is not past due (30 September 2023: 98.5%) Stage 3 loans remain modest at 4.8% (30 September 2023: 4.7%).
The PDs for Business lending combine both internal ratings information and forward-looking economic forecasts. The proportion of assets classed as 'Strong' or 'Good' has increased to 93% (30 September 2023: 90%) primarily due to the improved outlook.
There has been no significant deterioration in asset quality metrics across the portfolio however, a small number of individually significant specific provisions have been recognised increasing the value of IA held by £35m to £60m at 30 September 2024. A range of external risks have remained prevalent throughout the period including geopolitical, general inflationary pressures, continued high interest rate environment and ongoing supply chain distribution and labour market disruption. However, the economic outlook is more favourable and the updated macroeconomic inputs have resulted in a £23m release of modelled provision.
Overall, portfolio coverage remains prudent at 161bps (30 September 2023: 160bps).
Forbearance
Forbearance is considered to exist where customers are experiencing, or about to experience, financial difficulty and the Group grants a concession on a non-commercial basis. The Group reports business forbearance at a customer level and at a value which incorporates all facilities and the related impairment allowance, irrespective of whether each individual facility is subject to forbearance. Authority to grant forbearance measures for business customers is held by the Group's Strategic Business Services unit and is exercised, where appropriate, based on detailed consideration of the customer's financial position and prospects.
Where a customer is part of a larger group, forbearance is exercised and reported across the Group at the individual entity level. Where modification of the terms and conditions of an exposure meeting the criteria for classification as forbearance results in derecognition of loans and advances from the balance sheet and the recognition of a new exposure, the new exposure is treated as forborne.
Business portfolio forbearance has remained relatively stable from £493m (291 customers) at 30 September 2023 to £517m (278 customers) at 30 September 2024.
As a percentage of the Business portfolio, forborne balances are 5.27% (30 September 2023: 5.35%) with impairment coverage increasing to 14.47% (30 September 2023: 9.14%), primarily due to individually assessed provisions raised.
The majority of forbearance arrangements relate to term extensions allowing customers a longer term to repay their obligations in full.
All balances subject to forbearance are classed as either Stage 2 or Stage 3 for ECL purposes.
Risk management
Credit risk
Business credit performance (continued)
IFRS 9 staging
The Group closely monitors the staging profile of its Business lending portfolio over time which can be indicative of general trends in book health. Movements in the staging profile of the portfolio in the current and prior period are presented in the tables below.
|
|
Stage 1 |
Stage 2 |
Stage 3(3) |
|
|
Income statement £m |
|||
|
12 months to 30 September 2024 |
Gross loans £m |
ecl £m |
Gross loans £m |
ecl £m |
Gross loans £m |
ecl £m |
Total gross loans £m |
Total provisions(3) £m |
|
|
Opening balance at 1 October 2023 |
6,293 |
30 |
1,980 |
51 |
411 |
50 |
8,684 |
131 |
|
|
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2 |
(1,241) |
(4) |
1,230 |
22 |
- |
- |
(11) |
18 |
18 |
|
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1 |
855 |
4 |
(856) |
(16) |
- |
- |
(1) |
(12) |
(12) |
|
Transfers to Stage 3 |
(17) |
- |
(149) |
(9) |
166 |
11 |
- |
2 |
2 |
|
Transfers from Stage 3 |
10 |
- |
55 |
1 |
(68) |
(2) |
(3) |
(1) |
(1) |
|
Net movement |
(393) |
- |
280 |
(2) |
98 |
9 |
(15) |
7 |
7 |
|
New assets originated or purchased (1) |
13,206 |
78 |
699 |
47 |
297 |
44 |
14,202 |
169 |
169 |
|
Repayments and other movements (2) |
(585) |
(14) |
(188) |
(8) |
(3) |
(9) |
(776) |
(31) |
(31) |
|
Repaid or derecognised (2) |
(11,245) |
(69) |
(1,165) |
(50) |
(336) |
(48) |
(12,746) |
(167) |
(167) |
|
Write-offs |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(15) |
(15) |
(15) |
(15) |
- |
|
Cash recoveries |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
1 |
- |
1 |
- |
|
Individually assessed impairment charge |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
50 |
- |
50 |
50 |
|
Closing balance at 30 September 2024 |
7,276 |
25 |
1,606 |
38 |
452 |
82 |
9,334 |
145 |
28 |
|
12 months to 30 September 2023 |
Stage 1 |
Stage 2 |
Stage 3(3) |
|
Total provisions(3) £m |
Income statement £m |
|
||||||||||
|
Gross loans £m |
ecl £m |
Gross loans £m |
ecl £m |
Gross loans £m |
ecl £m |
Total gross loans £m |
|
||||||||||
|
Opening balance at 1 October 2022 |
6,270 |
12 |
1,526 |
55 |
373 |
50 |
8,169 |
117 |
|
|
|||||||
|
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2 |
(1,703) |
(4) |
1,689 |
31 |
- |
- |
(14) |
27 |
27 |
|
|||||||
|
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1 |
659 |
1 |
(666) |
(11) |
- |
- |
(7) |
(10) |
(10) |
|
|||||||
|
Transfers to Stage 3 |
(23) |
- |
(134) |
(4) |
158 |
10 |
1 |
6 |
6 |
|
|||||||
|
Transfers from Stage 3 |
8 |
- |
30 |
- |
(40) |
(2) |
(2) |
(2) |
(2) |
|
|||||||
|
Net movement |
(1,059) |
(3) |
919 |
16 |
118 |
8 |
(22) |
21 |
21 |
|
|||||||
|
New assets originated or purchased (1) |
11,017 |
43 |
627 |
44 |
159 |
32 |
11,803 |
119 |
119 |
|
|||||||
|
Repayments and other movements (2) |
(526) |
8 |
(174) |
(8) |
(1) |
(1) |
(701) |
(1) |
(1) |
|
|||||||
|
Repaid or derecognised (2) |
(9,409) |
(30) |
(918) |
(56) |
(213) |
(33) |
(10,540) |
(119) |
(119) |
|
|||||||
|
Write-offs |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(25) |
(25) |
(25) |
(25) |
- |
|
|||||||
|
Cash recoveries |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
1 |
- |
1 |
- |
|
|||||||
|
Individually assessed impairment charge |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
18 |
- |
18 |
18 |
|
|||||||
|
Closing balance at 30 September 2023 |
6,293 |
30 |
1,980 |
51 |
411 |
50 |
8,684 |
131 |
38 |
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||||
The level of Business lending classed as Stage 1 increased to 78.0% (30 September 2023: 72.5%), with a corresponding decrease in Stage 2 from 22.8% at 30 September 2023 to 17.2% at 30 September 2024, primarily driven by an improving macroeconomic outlook. The proportion of loans in Stage 2 and not past due remains high at 98.8% (30 September 2023: 98.5%). The majority of the balances in Stage 2 are due to PD deterioration since origination, however, there have been some PD improvements in the period, in addition to proactive management measures such as early intervention, heightened monitoring and forbearance concessions. Stage 3 loans have remained relatively stable at 4.8% (30 September 2023: 4.7%) and are predominantly comprised of fully secured Bounce Back Loans.
Risk management
Credit risk
Business credit performance (continued)
The level of write offs in the portfolio remains low, with a small number of customers driving the majority of the £15m of balances written off in the period. The level of provision recognition in the period has also remained subdued on a volume basis, with a small number of individually significant provisions driving the majority of the IA charge of £50m in the period (30 September 2023: £18m).
Included within the Stage 3 ECL provision of £82m are individually assessed balances of £60m (30 September 2023: £50m of Stage 3 ECL provision including £25m of individually assessed balances). This results in an overall provision of £145m (30 September 2023: £131m) and an impairment charge of £28m in the period (12 months to 30 September 2023: £38m) and associated CoR of 30bps (12 months to 30 September 2023: 44bps).
Macroeconomic assumptions, scenarios and weightings
The Group's ECL allowance at 30 September 2024 was £606m (30 September 2023: £617m).
Macroeconomic assumptions
The Group engages Oxford Economics to provide a wide range of future macroeconomic assumptions, which are used in the scenarios over the five-year forecast period, reflecting the best estimate of future conditions under each scenario outcome. The macroeconomic assumptions were provided by Oxford Economics on 28 August 2024 and changes in macroeconomic assumptions between then and 30 September 2024 have been considered in concluding on the quantum of MAs. The Group has identified the following key macroeconomic drivers as the most significant inputs for IFRS 9 modelling purposes: UK GDP growth, inflation, house prices, base rates, and unemployment rates. The external data provided is assessed and reviewed on a quarterly basis to ensure appropriateness and relevance to the ECL calculation, with more frequent updates provided as and when the circumstances require them. Further adjustments supplement the modelled output when it is considered that not all the risks identified in a product segment have been accurately reflected within the models or for other situations where it is not possible to provide a modelled outcome.
The base case scenario reflects an upturn in economic data since August 2023, with GDP now forecast to rise by 1.1%, up from 0.4% previously. However, with the new UK Government indicating a tightening of fiscal policies following their review of the public finances, the improvement is not expected to carry forward into next year, leaving the outer years of the forecast broadly unchanged.
While future fiscal policy remains uncertain, the Bank of England's Monetary Policy Committee has begun the process of loosening monetary policy with the first cut of the base rate in August 2024. The latest forecast sees a steady reduction in base rate down to the new floor of 2% by the end of 2027, the previous floor of 1.75% was reached in Q2 2028. Against this backdrop, inflation is set to remain marginally above the bank's target rate of 2%, higher than previous forecast. Unemployment is also expected to peak slightly lower (4.4%) but will take longer to return to the long term equilibrium rate (3.75%), remaining low by historical standards.
During the period the Group introduced a fourth macroeconomic scenario to the IFRS 9 models. Management determined that the inclusion of an additional scenario would more appropriately reflect a wider range of possible outcomes than the previous three scenario view provided. In addition, management also observed that by only selecting three scenarios, the Group was not fully aligned to prevailing industry best practice. The choice of scenarios and weightings was debated and decided by the newly formed Provision Adequacy Committee (PAC). The scenarios and weightings selected were as follows:
|
Scenario |
30 Sep 2024 (%) |
30 Sep 2023 (%) |
|
Upside |
10 |
10 |
|
Base |
55 |
55 |
|
Downside |
20 |
35 |
|
Severe downside |
15 |
n/a |
The Group maintained the same scenarios and weightings as previously selected for the upside and base scenarios. The Group opted to retain the existing downside scenario with the previous weighting of 35% split between this and the more severe downside scenario. This has maintained the overall split of weights between the upside, base and downside scenarios in a relatively benign forecasting environment.
Risk management
Credit risk
Macroeconomic assumptions (continued)
The key macroeconomic assumptions used in the scenarios in the period are(1):
|
|
Base (55%) |
Upside (10%) |
Downside (20%) |
Severe downside (15%) |
|
GDP |
· Growth accelerates throughout 2024, reaching 2% by Q4 · Overall year on year growth is forecast at 1.1% in 2024, followed by 1.8% in 2025 · Having initially peaked at the end of 2024 at 2% GDP dips before peeking a second time in H2 2025 at 1.9% before gradually falling back to an equilibrium rate of c. 1.5% |
· GDP growth accelerates towards the end of 2024 and into 2025 to peak at 5.3% in Q3 · Year on year growth in 2024 is 1.5%, followed by 4.7% in 2025 · From the peak in 2025 the rate falls rapidly back to a plateau of 2.4% in 2027 before falling again to the long run rate of 1.5% by the end of 2028
|
· From a high of 1.3% in Q3 2024, GDP growth falls to c. 0% in Q4 and down to a low of (2.45%) in Q3 2025 · From this low point the recovery is equally as swift, moving back into growth in Q1 2026 to a stable 1.75% by the end of 2028 · This volatility results in annual growth of 0.6% in 2024, followed by a contraction of 1.8% in 2025 before recovering to grow by 0.9% in 2026, followed by 1.3% in 2027 and 1.7% in 2028
|
· GDP growth falls from a peak of 1.3% in Q3 2024 to a low of (4.8%) in Q3 2025 · The recession lasts for six quarters, returning to a position of growth in Q2 2026, but the recovery beyond that point is slow with the lost ground not recovered until 2029 · Overall year on year growth is forecast at 0.3% in 2024, followed by a contraction of 3.8% in 2025 and growth of 0.3%, 1.0% and 1.7% across the remainder of the forecast
|
|
Inflation |
· The recent fall in inflation stalls at 2.1% before climbing back to 2.5% by the end of 2024 · The rate fluctuates between 2.3% and 2.6% in 2025, closing out at 2.4% · From early 2026 the rate begins to fall back towards the Bank of England's target rate of 2%, which is achieved in 2029, albeit with some small seasonal volatility on the way
|
· From a low of 2.1% in Q3 2024, inflation grows over the next 12 months to a peak of 3.8% in Q3 2025 · From the 2025 high, the rate falls steadily, finally achieving the Bank of England's target rate of 2% by the end of 2028 · As a result, the average rate rises from 2.6% in 2024 to 3.5% in 2026 before falling back to 3.1% in 2027
|
· From the current rate of 2.1%, just above the Bank of England's target rate, inflation falls steadily to a low of c. 0.9% in Q1 2026 · From this low point the rate then gradually increases back to a baseline of just below 2% by the end of 2027
|
· Inflation continues to fall through the Bank of England's target rate to a low of c. 0.2% in H2 2025 · From this low point, inflation grows steadily, to stabilise at the 2.0% target rate in Q1 2028, before dipping back slightly to 1.9% in Q4
|
Risk management
Credit risk
Macroeconomic assumptions (continued)
|
|
Base (55%) |
Upside (10%) |
Downside (20%) |
Severe downside (15%) |
|
Base rate |
· The Bank of England's MPC began the process of easing monetary policy with a 0.25% cut to the base rate in August, with one further 0.25% cut forecast in 2024 · The rate continues to fall steadily at 0.25% per quarter to a terminal rate of 2.0% by the end of 2027
|
· Following the rate reduction in August, the MPC raise the base rate back to 5.25% in Q4 2024 · The base rate remains at this level until Q4 2025 when a series of rate cuts are initiated, bringing it down to a new terminal rate of 2.5% by Q2 2028
|
· The MPC follow the August rate cut with a series of cuts, at a more accelerated rate than seen in the other scenarios · The rate falls to 4.5% in December 2024, 2.25% in December 2025 and 1.5% in December 2026
|
· The Bank of England base rate is cut at an accelerated rate, falling to 1.5% by the end of 2025 at an average of 0.25% per month · The terminal rate of 0.75% is reached by the end of 2026
|
|
HPI |
· Growth in HPI, which began in Q2 2024, continues throughout 2024 to a peak of 3.9% in Q1 2025 · The growth rate then falls rapidly to dip below zero in Q1 2026 before it again recovers to above 4% in 2028 · Q4 v Q4 in 2024 sees growth of 3.8%, followed by 0.6%, 2.3%, 3.7% and 4.5% in 2025 through to 2028
|
· Following a quarter-on-quarter fall in HPI in Q1 2024 the index grows rapidly to a peak of c. 5.2% in Q1 2025 · This peak is followed by a period of more volatile growth, from a low of 1.9% in Q1 2026, to a high of 6.5% in Q3 2027, to a low of 4.2% in Q3 2028 and back to 4.5% in Q1 2029 · Overall Q4 v Q4 growth is 4.6% in 2024, followed by 2.6%, 4.7%, 6.0% and 4.7% from 2025 through 2028
|
· HPI peaks in Q3 2024 at c. 2.8% before falling to a low of (7.0%) over the next 12 months before climbing back to 4.9% by the end of 2028 · On an annualised basis, Q4 v Q4 growth in 2024 is 1.0%, which is followed by contractions of 6.1% in 2025 and 2.5% in 2026 · Q4 v Q4 growth in the outer years is 0.5% in 2027 and 4.9% in 2028
|
· HPI contracts in Q4 2024, with negative growth of 0.3%, and continues to fall to a low of 10.65% in Q3 2025 · The rate of the contraction eases, but the value continues to fall until the end of 2027 · On an annualised basis, Q4 v Q4 HPI contracts in 2024 by 0.3%, followed by 9.3% in 2025, 5.3% in 2026 and 1.7% in 2027. The index returns to growth in 2028 with a rise of 5.2%
|
|
Unemployment |
· Unemployment forecasts remain volatile due to the low response rate to the Labour Force Survey. · The latest forecast sees the rate peak at 4.4% in Q3 2024, where it remains until it begins to fall back in Q2 2025 · The rate falls gradually throughout the remainder of the forecast, approaching the long run forecast level of 3.75% by the end of 2028 |
· Unemployment peaks at 4.4% in Q3 2024, the same as in the base case · However, unlike the base case, the rate begins to fall back immediately and at an increased rate, achieving the new long run forecast of 3.6% in Q1 2026
|
· From the outset unemployment grows at a steady rate, from the current low of 4.4% in Q3 2024 to a peak of 6.9% in Q3 2027 · From that peak, the subsequent fall is more subdued, only reaching 6.5% by the end of 2028
|
· Unemployment grows from the outset, rising to a peak of 7.3% in Q3 2027 · The recovery is also subdued, falling to 6.9% by the end of 2028
|
(1) The time periods referenced in this section relate to calendar years unless otherwise stated.
Risk management
Credit risk
Five-year simple averages on unemployment, GDP and HPI
|
30 September 2024 |
Unemployment % |
GDP % |
HPI % |
||
|
Upside |
3.8 |
2.6 |
4.4 |
||
|
Base |
4.1 |
1.6 |
3.0 |
||
|
Downside |
5.9 |
0.5 |
(0.4) |
||
|
Severe downside(1) |
6.2 |
(0.1) |
(2.3) |
||
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
30 September 2023 |
|
|
|
||
|
Upside |
3.9 |
2.2 |
1.3 |
||
|
Base |
4.2 |
1.2 |
(0.2) |
||
|
Downside |
6.1 |
0.2 |
(3.3) |
||
|
(1) |
The number of scenarios included in the IFRS 9 macro-economic models was increased from three to four compared to the prior period. |
|
|||
The use of estimates, judgements and sensitivity analysis
The following are the main areas where estimates and judgements are applied to the ECL calculation:
The use of estimates
Economic scenarios
The calculation of the Group's impairment provision is sensitive to changes in the chosen weightings. The effect on the closing modelled provision of each portfolio as a result of applying a 100% weighting to each of the selected scenarios is shown below:
|
30 September 2024 |
Probability Weighted(1) £m |
Upside £m |
Base £m |
Downside £m |
Severe downside £m |
|
Mortgages |
27 |
24 |
25 |
30 |
33 |
|
Unsecured of which: |
368 |
346 |
353 |
397 |
408 |
|
Cards |
337 |
319 |
324 |
360 |
367 |
|
Personal loans and overdrafts(2) |
31 |
27 |
29 |
37 |
41 |
|
Business(2) |
80 |
69 |
74 |
90 |
101 |
|
Total |
475 |
439 |
452 |
517 |
542 |
|
30 September 2023 |
Probability Weighted(1) £m |
Upside £m |
Base £m |
Downside £m |
|
|
|
Mortgages |
20 |
17 |
18 |
24 |
|
|
|
Unsecured of which: |
399 |
382 |
382 |
433 |
|
|
|
Cards |
364 |
352(3) |
350 |
391 |
|
|
|
Personal loans and overdrafts(2) |
35 |
30 |
32 |
42 |
|
|
|
Business(2) |
91 |
81 |
86 |
107 |
|
|
|
Total |
510 |
480 |
486 |
564 |
|
|
|
(1) |
In addition to the probability weighted modelled provision shown in the table, the Group holds £71m relative to MAs and £60m of IA provision (30 September 2023: £76m and £30m respectively). |
|||||
|
(2) |
Salary Finance (Salary Finance Loans Limited) contributes more than 50% of the combined personal loans and overdrafts ECL. |
|||||
|
(3) |
Due to a minor model interaction effect, the 100% ECL for upside is marginally higher than the base case. |
|||||
Risk management
Credit risk
The use of estimates (continued)
One of the criteria for moving exposures between stages is the PD which incorporates macroeconomic factors. As a result, the stage allocation will be different in each scenario and so the probability weighted ECL cannot be recalculated using the scenario ECL provided and the scenario weightings.
Certain asset classes are less sensitive to specific macroeconomic factors. To ensure appropriate levels of ECL, the relative lack of sensitivity is compensated for through the application of MAs, further detail of which can be found below.
Within each portfolio, the following are the macroeconomic inputs which are more sensitive and therefore more likely to drive the move from Stage 1 to Stage 2 under a stress scenario:
· Mortgages: Unemployment and HPI
· Unsecured: Unemployment
· Business: Unemployment and HPI
In addition to assessing the ECL impact of applying a 100% weighting to each of the four chosen scenarios, the Group has also considered what the effect of changes to a few key economic inputs would make to the modelled ECL output.
The Group considers that the unemployment rate and HPI are the most sensitive inputs that have the most significant ECL impact. Having accessed the ECL across the relevant portfolios, there are no material differences to the sensitivity disclosures on Unemployment and HPI changes in the period from those disclosed in the Group's 2023 Annual Report and Accounts.
The use of judgement
SICR
Judgement is required in determining the point at which a SICR has occurred, as this is the point at which a 12-month ECL is replaced by a lifetime ECL. The Group has developed a series of triggers that indicate when a SICR has occurred when assessing exposures for the risk of default occurring at each reporting date compared to the risk at origination. There is no single factor that influences this decision, rather a combination of different criteria that enables the Group to make an assessment based on the quantitative and qualitative information available. This includes the impact of forward-looking macroeconomic factors but excludes the existence of any collateral implications.
Indicators of a SICR include deterioration of the residual lifetime PD by set thresholds which are unique to each product portfolio, non-default forbearance programmes, and watch list status. The Group adopts the backstop position that a SICR will have taken place when the financial asset reaches 30 DPD.
The Group does not have a set absolute threshold by which the PD would have to increase by in establishing that a SICR has occurred, and has implemented an approach with the required SICR threshold trigger varying on a portfolio and product basis according to the origination PD.
Changes to the overall SICR thresholds can also impact staging, driving accounts into higher stages with the resultant impact on the ECL allowance:
|
|
30 Sep 2024 £m |
30 Sep 2023 £m |
|
||
|
A 10% movement in the mortgage portfolio from Stage 1 to Stage 2 |
+13 |
+13 |
|
||
|
A 10% movement in the credit card portfolio from Stage 1 to Stage 2 |
+120(1) |
+89 |
|
||
|
A 10% movement in the business portfolio from Stage 1 to Stage 2 |
+13 |
+10 |
|
||
|
A PD stress which increases PDs upwards by 20% for all portfolios |
+125 |
+131 |
|
||
|
(1) |
The review of the staging approach for credit cards has increased the proportion of lending in Stage 1 and is the primary driver of the increased impact shown. |
||||
Definition of default
The PD of a credit exposure is a key input to the measurement of the ECL allowance. Default under Stage 3 occurs when there is evidence that a customer is experiencing significant financial difficulty which is likely to affect the ability to repay amounts due.
MAs
At 30 September 2024, £71m of MAs (30 September 2023: £76m) are included within the total ECL provision of £606m (30 September 2023: £617m).
These are management judgements which impact the ECL provision by increasing (or decreasing) the collectively assessed modelled output where not all of the known risks identified in a particular product segment have been reflected within the models. This also takes into account any time lag between the date the macroeconomic assumptions were received and the reporting date.
Risk management
Credit risk
The use of judgement (continued)
The selection of appropriate MAs is a major component in determining the Group's ECL, the impact of these adjustments and how they impact the Group's total reported ECL allowance and coverage ratio for each portfolio is:
30 September 2024(1)
|
|
Mortgages |
Unsecured |
Business |
Total |
|
|
£m |
£m |
£m |
£m |
|
ECL before adjustments (A) |
26.7 |
367.7 |
140.2 |
534.6 |
|
Adjustments: |
|
|
|
|
|
To address economic resilience |
- |
- |
- |
- |
|
Additional BTL impact |
15.0 |
- |
- |
15.0 |
|
Credit card adjustments |
- |
45.7 |
- |
45.7 |
|
Other adjustments |
7.3 |
(1.4) |
4.8 |
10.7 |
|
Total adjustments (B) |
22.3 |
44.3 |
4.8 |
71.4 |
|
Total reported ECL (A + B) |
49.0 |
412.0 |
145.0 |
606.0 |
|
% of total ECL (B / total reported ECL) |
46% |
11% |
3% |
12% |
|
Coverage - total |
0.09% |
6.02% |
1.61% |
0.84% |
|
Coverage - total ex MAs |
0.05% |
5.11% |
1.50% |
0.74% |
30 September 2023(1)
|
|
Mortgages |
Unsecured |
Business |
Total |
|
|
£m |
£m |
£m |
£m |
|
ECL before adjustments (A) |
25.2
|
400.2 |
115.5 |
540.9 |
|
Adjustments: |
|
|
|
|
|
To address economic resilience |
5.0 |
- |
15.0 |
20.0 |
|
Additional BTL impact |
25.1 |
- |
- |
25.1 |
|
Credit card adjustments |
- |
27.5 |
- |
27.5 |
|
Other adjustments |
1.7 |
1.3 |
0.5 |
3.5 |
|
Total adjustments (B) |
31.8 |
28.8 |
15.5 |
76.1 |
|
Total reported ECL (A + B) |
57.0 |
429.0 |
131.0 |
617.0 |
|
% of total ECL (B / total reported ECL) |
56% |
7% |
12% |
12% |
|
Coverage - total |
0.10% |
6.65% |
1.60% |
0.84% |
|
Coverage - total ex MAs |
0.04% |
5.87% |
1.33% |
0.74% |
(1) The impact of rounding means that the combination of the probability weighted total and IA provision may not fully align to the portfolio sections.
Mortgages
Asset quality metrics for the BTL mortgage book remain robust, but the Group continues to review the level of provisioning held for this customer cohort and has retained a £15m MA (30 September 2023: £25m) to ensure the coverage on this portfolio remains higher than the coverage on the residential portfolio. The improvements in the economic outlook have resulted in the release of the MA for economic uncertainty. The Group no longer raises individually assessed provisions on the Mortgage portfolio and has implemented an updated valuation and calculated provision process. A new MA has been introduced to reflect this new policy within the ECL calculations while upstream processes are adapted. An additional new MA has also been introduced to reflect that the observed default rate in some cohorts of the portfolio is higher than the model assumptions. These, together with other small MAs total £7m (30 September 2023: £2m), taking total MAs held to £22m, down from £32m at 30 September 2023.
Risk management
Credit risk
Unsecured
The Unsecured portfolio comprises credit cards, personal loans and overdrafts, with credit cards the largest consideration for MAs. The Salary Finance joint venture is also included in this portfolio.
A refresh of the existing debt sale MA, held to reflect up to date contract terms, has reduced the overall debt sale MA held from £29m at 30 September 2023 to £22m at 30 September 2024. Two new MAs were introduced during the period, a £11m MA in advance of a probable model realignment and a £13m MA in recognition of a scheduled modelling upgrade which was implemented in October 2024. A negative £3m MA held for the Salary Finance joint venture, has been raised as a result of a reduction in the facility limit. This and some other smaller MAs take the total MA held to £44m from £29m at 30 September 2023.
Business
The full £15m relating to economic uncertainty, implemented in September 2023, has been released as economic forecasts have improved.
A new £5m MA has been introduced to better reflect origination risk for some lending facilities where the Group's platform has not retained sufficient information to automatically ensure that loans are correctly attributed to their origination date and origination ratings. This can result in loans appearing in Stage 1 that have deteriorated since their true origination. This will be released when new processes are implemented to better identify these occurrences.
The Group assesses and reviews the need for and quantification of MAs on a regular basis via the newly formed PAC, with the CFO recommending the level of MAs to the Board Audit Committee at each external reporting period.
Risk management
Credit risk
Macroeconomic assumptions
Annual macroeconomic assumptions used over the five-year forecast period in the scenarios and their weighted averages are as follows:(1)
30 September 2024
|
Scenario |
VMUK weighting |
Economic measure (2) |
2024 % |
2025 % |
2026 % |
2027 % |
2028 % |
|
Upside |
10% |
Base rate |
5.2 |
5.2 |
4.3 |
3.3 |
2.5 |
|
Unemployment |
4.3 |
3.8 |
3.6 |
3.6 |
3.6 |
||
|
GDP |
1.5 |
4.7 |
2.8 |
2.4 |
1.7 |
||
|
Inflation |
2.6 |
3.5 |
3.1 |
2.5 |
2.2 |
||
|
HPI |
4.6 |
2.6 |
4.7 |
6.0 |
4.4 |
||
|
Base |
55% |
Base rate |
5.1 |
4.2 |
3.2 |
2.3 |
2.0 |
|
Unemployment |
4.3 |
4.3 |
4.1 |
3.9 |
3.8 |
||
|
GDP |
1.1 |
1.8 |
1.8 |
1.7 |
1.6 |
||
|
Inflation |
2.6 |
2.5 |
2.2 |
2.2 |
2.2 |
||
|
HPI |
3.8 |
0.6 |
2.3 |
3.7 |
4.5 |
||
|
Downside |
20% |
Base rate |
5.1 |
3.1 |
1.8 |
1.5 |
1.5 |
|
Unemployment |
4.4 |
5.4 |
6.4 |
6.9 |
6.6 |
||
|
GDP |
0.6 |
(1.8) |
0.9 |
1.3 |
1.7 |
||
|
Inflation |
2.4 |
1.2 |
1.0 |
1.8 |
2.0 |
||
|
HPI |
1.0 |
(6.1) |
(2.5) |
0.5 |
4.9 |
||
|
Severe downside(3) |
15% |
Base rate |
5.0 |
2.6 |
1.1 |
0.8 |
0.8 |
|
Unemployment |
4.5 |
5.6 |
6.8 |
7.2 |
7.0 |
||
|
GDP |
0.3 |
(3.8) |
0.3 |
1.0 |
1.7 |
||
|
Inflation |
2.4 |
0.5 |
0.5 |
1.6 |
2.0 |
||
|
HPI |
(0.3) |
(9.3) |
(5.3) |
(1.7) |
5.2 |
||
|
Weighted average |
|
Base rate |
5.1 |
3.9 |
2.7 |
2.0 |
1.8 |
|
Unemployment |
4.4 |
4.7 |
4.9 |
5.0 |
4.8 |
||
|
GDP |
0.9 |
0.6 |
1.5 |
1.6 |
1.7 |
||
|
Inflation |
2.5 |
2.0 |
1.8 |
2.1 |
2.1 |
||
|
HPI |
2.7 |
(2.0) |
0.4 |
2.5 |
4.7 |
Risk management
Credit risk
Macroeconomic assumptions (continued)
30 September 2023
|
Scenario |
VMUK weighting |
Economic measure (2) |
2023 % |
2024 % |
2025 % |
2026 % |
2027 % |
|
|
Upside |
10% |
Base rate |
4.8 |
6.5 |
6.0 |
5.0 |
4.0 |
|
|
Unemployment |
4.2 |
4.1 |
3.9 |
3.8 |
3.7 |
|||
|
GDP |
0.8 |
3.0 |
2.6 |
3.0 |
1.6 |
|||
|
Inflation |
7.6 |
4.2 |
2.5 |
1.1 |
1.7 |
|||
|
HPI |
(1.3) |
(4.8) |
(0.9) |
6.6 |
7.0 |
|||
|
Base |
55% |
Base rate |
4.7 |
5.4 |
4.5 |
3.5 |
2.5 |
|
|
Unemployment |
4.2 |
4.5 |
4.3 |
3.9 |
3.9 |
|||
|
GDP |
0.5 |
0.4 |
1.5 |
2.3 |
1.5 |
|||
|
Inflation |
7.6 |
3.2 |
1.5 |
1.0 |
1.7 |
|||
|
HPI |
(2.7) |
(7.2) |
(2.9) |
4.6 |
7.1 |
|||
|
Downside |
35% |
Base rate |
4.6 |
4.5 |
3.5 |
2.5 |
1.5 |
|
|
Unemployment |
4.3 |
5.7 |
6.7 |
7.0 |
6.8 |
|||
|
GDP |
(0.1) |
(3.3) |
0.7 |
1.9 |
1.6 |
|||
|
Inflation |
7.4 |
1.7 |
0.4 |
0.7 |
1.7 |
|||
|
HPI |
(4.7) |
(12.7) |
(7.6) |
1.0 |
7.5 |
|||
|
Weighted average |
|
Base rate |
4.7 |
5.2 |
4.3 |
3.3 |
2.3 |
|
|
Unemployment |
4.2 |
4.9 |
5.1 |
5.0 |
4.9 |
|||
|
GDP |
0.3 |
(0.6) |
1.3 |
2.2 |
1.6 |
|||
|
Inflation |
7.5 |
2.8 |
1.2 |
0.9 |
1.7 |
|||
|
HPI |
(3.3) |
(8.9) |
(4.4) |
3.6 |
7.3 |
|||
|
(1) |
Macroeconomic assumptions provided by Oxford Economics on 28 August 2024 and reported on a calendar year basis unless otherwise stated. Any changes in macroeconomic assumptions between this date and 30 September 2024 have been considered as part of the MAs. |
|||||||
|
(2) |
The percentages shown for base rate, unemployment and inflation are averages. GDP is the year-on-year movement, with HPI the Q4 v Q4 movement. |
|||||||
|
(3) |
The number of scenarios included in the IFR9 macro-economic models was increased from three to four compared to the prior period. |
|||||||
Risk management
Financial risk
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section |
Page |
Tables |
Page |
|
Financial risk summary |
44 |
|
|
|
Capital risk |
44 |
|
|
|
Regulatory capital developments |
44 |
|
|
|
Capital resources |
45 |
Regulatory capital |
45 |
|
|
|
Regulatory capital flow of funds |
46 |
|
Risk Weighted Assets |
47 |
Minimum capital requirements |
47 |
|
|
|
RWA movements |
47 |
|
IFRS 9 transitional arrangements |
48 |
IFRS 9 transitional arrangements |
48 |
|
Capital requirements |
48 |
Minimum requirements |
48 |
|
MREL |
49 |
MREL position |
49 |
|
Dividend |
49 |
|
|
|
Share buyback |
50 |
|
|
|
Leverage |
50 |
Leverage ratio |
50 |
|
Funding and liquidity risk |
51 |
|
|
|
Sources of funding |
51 |
Sources of funding |
51 |
|
Liquid assets |
52 |
LCR |
52 |
|
|
|
Liquid asset portfolio |
52 |
|
|
|
Analysis of debt securities in issue by residual maturity |
52 |
|
External credit ratings |
53 |
External credit ratings |
53 |
|
Net interest income |
53 |
Net interest income sensitivity |
53 |
|
Structural hedge |
54 |
|
|
|
LIBOR replacement |
54 |
|
|
Risk management
Financial risk
Financial risk covers several categories of risk which impact the way in which the Group can support its customers in a safe and sound manner. They include capital risk, funding risk, liquidity risk, market risk and pension risk.
Capital risk
Capital is held by the Group to cover inherent risks in a normal and stressed operating environment, to protect unsecured creditors and investors and to support the Group's strategy of sustainable growth. Capital risk is the risk that the Group has or forecasts insufficient capital and other loss-absorbing debt instruments to operate effectively. This includes meeting minimum regulatory requirements, operating within Board approved risk appetite and supporting its strategic goals.
Regulatory capital developments
The regulatory landscape for capital is subject to a number of changes, some of which can lead to uncertainty on eventual outcomes. In order to mitigate this risk, the Group actively monitors emerging regulatory change, assesses the impact and puts plans in place to respond.
Internal ratings-based (IRB) model changes
Ahead of the Group's implementation of mortgage IRB models (including hybrid PD), a model adjustment has been applied to increase RWAs and expected losses in advance of formal approval of models.
Basel 3.1
Following the publication of final reforms to the Basel III framework in December 2017, the PRA published CP16/22 at the end of November 2022, covering its consultation on the UK implementation of these reforms. The PRA then issued PS17/23 covering the 'near final' rules and policy on Operational Risk, Counterparty Credit Risk, Credit Valuation Adjustment Risk and Market Risk in December 2023 with the remaining elements of Credit Risk, Output Floor and Reporting and Disclosure requirements published in PS 9/24 in September 2024. There are a number of key amendments to the standardised approaches to credit and operational risks together with the introduction of a new standardised RWA output floor to be introduced gradually over a transition period. There are also amendments to IRB approaches, Credit Valuation Adjustments, Credit Risk Mitigation rules and associated reporting and disclosure requirements. Based on the Group's initial interpretation of the near-final rules, the Group expects a benefit to the CET1 ratio from Basel 3.1 implementation on day 1 (1 January 2026). The Group expects the RWA output floor based on the standardised approach to bind later in the transitional period, subject to a more granular assessment of the PRA's final rules and the evolution of the Group's balance sheet.
Pillar 2A
As part of its Basel 3.1 proposals, the PRA announced its intention to review Pillar 2A methodologies after the rules on Basel 3.1 are finalised, with a view to consult on any proposed changes in 2025. This review could have an impact on the Group which will be assessed when the proposals are published. In addition, both of the PRA's 'near-final' policy statements on Basel 3.1 discuss the PRA's plans to perform an off-cycle review of Pillar 2 capital requirements ahead of day 1 with specific focus on 'double counts' and 're-basing' Pillar 2A and PRA buffer requirements.
Resolvability Assessment Framework
The Resolvability Assessment Framework sets out what is required to ensure major UK banks can be safely resolved. Along with other firms, the Group submitted an assessment of its resolvability outcomes that was the subject of feedback from the BoE in August 2024. No material issues were identified with respect to the Group's approach to achieving the Adequate Financial Resources or Co-ordination and Communication outcome. An area for further enhancement was identified relating to the Continuity and Restructuring outcome, and the BoE will continue to engage with the Group on this issue. The engagement will also cover the impact of the NBS acquisition.
Risk management
Financial risk
Regulatory capital developments (continued)
Model Risk Management (MRM)
The PRA's policy on Model Risk Management Principles for Banks (Supervisory Statement 1/23) came into effect on 17 May 2024. Before the effective date, firms have been expected to conduct an initial self-assessment of their implemented MRM frameworks against the policy and, where relevant, to prepare remediation plans to address any identified shortcomings. The Group has undertaken a programme of work to update the policies and frameworks to make them compliant to the new regulations as well as the implementation of improved capability for model inventory and approaches to model tiering and classifications. Gaps with regards to the live practice of MRM principles have been identified and will be addressed in accordance with the policy's approach to remediation plans.
Capital resources
The Group's capital resources position is summarised below:
|
|
30 Sep 2024 |
30 Sep 2023 |
||
|
Regulatory capital(1) |
£m |
£m |
||
|
Statutory total equity |
5,481 |
5,607 |
||
|
CET1 capital: regulatory adjustments(2) |
|
|
||
|
Other equity instruments |
(693) |
(594) |
||
|
Defined benefit pension fund assets |
(322) |
(333) |
||
|
Prudent valuation adjustment |
(5) |
(5) |
||
|
Intangible assets |
(119) |
(162) |
||
|
Goodwill |
(33) |
(11) |
||
|
Deferred tax asset relying on future profitability |
(178) |
(261) |
||
|
Cash flow hedge reserve |
(175) |
(496) |
||
|
AT1 coupon accrual |
(15) |
(12) |
||
|
TMLA fee(3) |
(218) |
- |
||
|
Foreseeable dividend on ordinary shares |
- |
(27) |
||
|
Excess expected losses |
(125) |
(103) |
||
|
IFRS 9 transitional adjustments |
36 |
112 |
||
|
Unconsolidated losses arising from JV |
(5) |
(4) |
||
|
Total regulatory adjustments to CET1 |
(1,852) |
(1,896) |
||
|
Total CET1 capital |
3,629 |
3,711 |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
AT1 capital |
|
|
||
|
AT1 capital instruments |
693 |
594 |
||
|
Total AT1 capital |
693 |
594 |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
Total Tier 1 capital |
4,322 |
4,305 |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
Tier 2 capital |
|
|
||
|
Subordinated debt |
773 |
1,022 |
||
|
Total Tier 2 capital |
773 |
1,022 |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
Total regulatory capital |
5,095 |
5,327 |
||
|
(1) |
Data in the table is reported under CRD IV on a fully loaded basis with IFRS 9 transitional arrangements applied. |
|
||
|
(2) (3) |
A number of regulatory adjustments to CET1 capital are required under CRD IV regulatory capital rules. Details on the TMLA fee can be found in note 5.6 of the interim condensed consolidated financial statements and is treated as a 'foreseeable charge' for capital purposes. |
|
||
Risk management
Financial risk
Capital resources (continued)
|
|
12 months to |
12 months to |
|
|
30 Sep 2024 |
30 Sep 2023 |
|
Regulatory capital flow of funds(1) |
£m |
£m |
|
CET1 capital(2) |
|
|
|
CET1 capital at 1 October |
3,711 |
3,633 |
|
Share issuance |
2 |
2 |
|
Share buyback |
(63) |
(99) |
|
Retained earnings and other reserves (including special purpose entities) |
184 |
(242) |
|
Intangible assets and goodwill |
21 |
94 |
|
Deferred tax asset relying on future profitability |
83 |
41 |
|
Defined benefit pension fund assets |
11 |
317 |
|
Movement in AT1 foreseeable distributions |
(3) |
1 |
|
TMLA fee(3) |
(218) |
- |
|
Foreseeable dividend on ordinary shares |
- |
(27) |
|
Excess expected losses |
(22) |
(3) |
|
IFRS 9 transitional adjustments |
(76) |
(2) |
|
Unconsolidated losses arising from JV |
(1) |
(4) |
|
Total CET1 capital at 30 September |
3,629 |
3,711 |
|
|
|
|
|
AT1 capital |
|
|
|
AT1 capital at 1 October |
594 |
666 |
|
AT1 instrument issued net of costs |
346 |
- |
|
AT1 instrument redeemed |
(247) |
(72) |
|
Total AT1 capital at 30 September |
693 |
594 |
|
Total Tier 1 capital at 30 September |
4,322 |
4,305 |
|
|
|
|
|
Tier 2 capital |
|
|
|
Tier 2 capital at 1 October |
1,022 |
1,020 |
|
Capital instrument redeemed |
(250) |
- |
|
Amortisation of issue costs |
1 |
2 |
|
Total Tier 2 capital at 30 September |
773 |
1,022 |
|
Total capital at 30 September |
5,095 |
5,327 |
|
(1) |
Data in the table is reported under CRD IV as implemented by the PRA on a fully loaded basis with IFRS 9 transitional arrangements applied. |
|
(2) (3) |
CET1 capital is comprised of shares issued and related share premium, retained earnings and other reserves less specified regulatory adjustments. Details on the TMLA fee can be found in note 5.6 of the interim condensed consolidated financial statements and is treated as a 'foreseeable charge' for capital purposes. |
The Group's CET1 capital reduced by £82m during the period. The Group reported a profit after tax of £378m which together with reductions in intangibles and goodwill, pension, and deferred tax asset deductions of £115m, and after absorbing other movements in reserves, along with an increase in excess expected losses and tapering of IFRS 9 transitional relief, led to a net increase in CET1 of £291m. Capital generated was utilised to fund AT1 distributions of £66m, dividends of £26m and £63m share buyback, before the programme was formally cancelled on 2 April due to the acquisition of the Group by Nationwide. The TMLA fee, payable following completion of the Nationwide acquisition, has been recognised within capital as a foreseeable charge on an after-tax basis, absorbing a further £218m.
In December 2023, the Group redeemed £250m of 7.875% Fixed Rate Reset Callable Notes due 2028, held as Tier 2 capital. The Group also issued a new £350m AT1 instrument and simultaneously tendered 42% of its £250m 9.25% AT1 instrument, first callable in June 2024 (note 4.1.2). The Group redeemed the residual £144m 9.25% AT1 securities on their call date in June 2024.
Risk management
Financial risk
Risk weighted assets
|
|
30 September 2024 |
30 September 2023 |
|
|||||
|
Minimum capital requirements |
Exposure |
RWA |
Minimum capital requirements |
Exposure |
RWA |
Minimum capital requirements |
|
|
|
£m |
£m |
£m |
£m |
£m |
£m |
|
||
|
Retail mortgages |
57,753 |
8,683 |
694 |
60,354 |
9,072 |
726 |
|
|
|
Business lending |
13,385 |
8,661 |
693 |
12,635 |
6,990 |
559 |
|
|
|
Other retail lending |
17,730 |
5,144 |
412 |
17,586 |
4,819 |
385 |
|
|
|
Other lending |
17,656 |
362 |
29 |
18,328 |
364 |
29 |
|
|
|
Other(1) |
576 |
662 |
53 |
592 |
674 |
54 |
|
|
|
Total credit risk |
107,100 |
23,512 |
1,881 |
109,495 |
21,919 |
1,753 |
|
|
|
Credit valuation adjustment |
|
110 |
9 |
|
278 |
22 |
|
|
|
Operational risk |
|
2,833 |
227 |
|
2,833 |
227 |
|
|
|
Counterparty credit risk |
|
139 |
11 |
|
146 |
12 |
|
|
|
Total |
107,100 |
26,594 |
2,128 |
109,495 |
25,176 |
2,014 |
|
|
|
(1) |
The items included in the Other exposure class that attract a capital charge include items in the course of collection, fixed assets, prepayments, other debtors and deferred tax assets that are not deducted. |
|||||||
|
RWA movements |
|||||||||||
|
|
12 months to 30 September 2024 |
12 months to 30 September 2023 |
|||||||||
|
RWA movements |
IRB RWA £m |
STD RWA £m |
Non-credit risk RWA(2) £m |
Total £m |
Minimum capital requirement £m |
IRB RWA £m |
STD RWA £m |
Non-credit risk RWA(2) £m |
Total £m |
Minimum capital requirement £m |
|
|
Opening RWA |
15,476 |
6,443 |
3,257 |
25,176 |
2,014 |
14,943 |
6,139 |
3,066 |
24,148 |
1,933 |
|
|
Asset size |
22 |
405 |
- |
427 |
34 |
58 |
127 |
- |
185 |
15 |
|
|
Asset quality |
918 |
13 |
- |
931 |
75 |
(1,011) |
121 |
- |
(890) |
(71) |
|
|
Model updates(1) |
(412) |
- |
- |
(412) |
(33) |
1,486 |
- |
- |
1,486 |
118 |
|
|
Methodology and policy |
666 |
- |
- |
666 |
53 |
- |
5 |
- |
5 |
- |
|
|
Other |
- |
(19) |
(175) |
(194) |
(15) |
- |
51 |
191 |
242 |
19 |
|
|
Closing RWA |
16,670 |
6,842 |
3,082 |
26,594 |
2,128 |
15,476 |
6,443 |
3,257 |
25,176 |
2,014 |
|
|
(1) |
Model updates include MAs. |
|
|||||||||
|
(2) |
Non-credit risk RWA includes operational risk, credit valuation adjustment and counterparty credit risk. |
|
|||||||||
RWA increased c.£1.4bn to £26.6bn primarily due to increased lending in the retail unsecured and business portfolios offset by reduced lending within the mortgage portfolio. Model updates include a £0.5bn decrease in the hybrid model MA and a £0.1bn increase in the business models MA,
Methodology and policy reflects changes in relation to business lending updates and associated changes to the SME support factor being applied. Other non-credit risk RWA movements are largely due to movements within the credit valuation adjustment portfolio of £0.2bn.
Risk management
Financial risk
IFRS 9 transitional arrangements
This table shows a comparison of capital resources, requirements and ratios with and without the application of transitional arrangements for IFRS 9:
|
|
30 September 2024 (£m) |
|
|
Available capital (amounts) |
IFRS 9 Transitional basis |
IFRS 9 Fully loaded basis |
|
CET1 capital |
3,629 |
3,593 |
|
Tier 1 capital |
4,322 |
4,286 |
|
Total capital |
5,095 |
5,059 |
|
RWA (amounts) |
|
|
|
Total RWA |
26,594 |
26,565 |
|
Capital ratios |
|
|
|
CET1 (as a percentage of RWA) |
13.6% |
13.5% |
|
Tier 1 (as a percentage of RWA) |
16.3% |
16.1% |
|
Total capital (as a percentage of RWA) |
19.2% |
19.0% |
|
Leverage ratio |
|
|
|
Leverage ratio total exposure measure |
84,084 |
84,048 |
|
UK leverage ratio |
5.1% |
5.1% |
Transitional arrangements in Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR) mean the regulatory capital impact of ECL is being phased in over time. Following the CRR Quick Fix amendments package, which applied from 27 June 2020, relevant provisions raised from 1 January 2020 through to 2024 have a CET1 add-back percentage of 50% in 2023, reducing to 25% in 2024. From 1 January 2025, the Group will no longer apply transitional relief in respect of IFRS 9.
At 30 September 2024, £36m of IFRS 9 transitional adjustments (30 September 2023: £112m) have been applied to the Group's capital position in accordance with CRR, which is entirely comprised of dynamic relief (30 September 2023: £3m static and £109m dynamic).
Capital requirements
The Group measures the amount of capital it is required to hold by applying CRD IV as implemented in the UK by the PRA. The table below summarises the amount of capital in relation to RWA the Group is currently required to hold, excluding any PRA Buffer.
|
|
As at 30 Sep 2024 |
|||
|
Minimum requirements |
CET1 |
Total capital |
||
|
Pillar 1(1) |
4.5% |
8.0% |
||
|
Pillar 2A |
1.9% |
3.4% |
||
|
Total capital requirement (TCR) |
6.4% |
11.4% |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
Capital conservation buffer |
2.5% |
2.5% |
||
|
UK countercyclical capital buffer |
2.0% |
2.0% |
||
|
Total (excluding PRA buffer)(2) |
10.9% |
15.9% |
||
|
(1) |
The minimum amount of total capital under Pillar 1 of the regulatory framework is determined as 8% of RWA, of which at least 4.5% of RWA is required to be covered by CET1 capital. |
|
||
|
(2) |
The Group may be subject to a PRA buffer as set by the PRA but is not permitted to disclose the level of any buffer. |
|
||
The Group continues to maintain a significant surplus above its capital requirements. At 30 September 2024 the Group maintained CET1 capital in excess of its maximum distributable amount requirements equal to 2.7% of RWAs (equivalent to £726m).
The PRA sets a Group specific Pillar 2A requirement for risks which are not captured within the Pillar 1 requirement. Together Pillar 1 and Pillar 2A represent the Group's TCR, which is the minimum requirement which must be met at all times.
Risk management
Financial risk
Capital requirements (continued)
In November 2023 the PRA communicated an update to the Group's Pillar 2A requirement setting it as 3.41% of RWAs, of which 1.92% must be met with CET1 capital (30 September 2023: 2.97% of which 1.67% had to be met with CET1 capital). Applying this updated requirement in September 2024 resulted in a modest increase in total capital requirements of £117m and CET1 requirements of £66m. At 30 September 2024 this resulted in a TCR of 11.41% of RWAs (equivalent to £3,034m) of which 6.4% must be met with CET1 capital (equivalent to £1,707m).
The regulatory capital buffer framework is intended to ensure firms maintain a sufficient amount of capital above their regulatory minimum in order to withstand periods of stress and mitigate against firm specific and systemic risks. The UK has implemented the provisions on capital buffers outlined in CRD IV which introduced a combined capital buffer. This includes a Capital Conservation Buffer, a Countercyclical Capital Buffer (CCyB) and where applicable a Global Systemically Important Institution (G-SII) Buffer or an Other Systemically Important Institution (O-SII) Buffer.
The Group's CCyB reflects an exposure weighted average of the CCyB rates applicable in the geographies the Group operates in. Currently this reflects only the UK. As had been previously announced, the CCyB increased in the prior year to 2% in July 2023 to align with its guidance for the CCyB rate under standard risk conditions. The Financial Policy Committee has noted the considerable uncertainties in relation to the economic outlook and will continue to monitor the situation and stands ready to vary the UK CCyB rate - in either direction - in line with the evolution of economic conditions, underlying vulnerabilities and the overall risk environment.
The Group has been designated as an O-SII, but is not required to hold a related capital buffer.
Minimum Requirement for Own Funds and Eligible Liabilities (MREL)
Under the Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive the Group is required to hold additional loss-absorbing instruments to support an effective resolution. The MREL establishes a minimum amount of equity and eligible debt to recapitalise the Group. An analysis of the Group's current MREL position is provided below:
|
|
30 Sep 2024 £m |
30 Sep 2023 £m |
|
|
|
Total capital resources(1)(2) |
5,095 |
5,327 |
|
|
|
Eligible senior unsecured securities issued by Virgin Money UK PLC(2) |
2,579 |
2,707 |
|
|
|
Total MREL resources |
7,674 |
8,034 |
|
|
|
RWA |
26,594 |
25,176 |
|
|
|
Total MREL resources available as a percentage of RWA |
28.9% |
31.9% |
|
|
|
UK leverage exposure measure |
84,084 |
86,554 |
|
|
|
Total MREL resources available as a percentage of UK leverage exposure measure |
9.1% |
9.3% |
|
|
|
(1) |
The capital position reflects the application of the transitional arrangements for IFRS 9. |
|||
|
(2) |
Includes MREL instrument maturity adjustments, the add-back of regulatory amortisation and the deduction of instruments with less than one year to maturity. |
|||
The BoE as the UK Resolution Authority has published its framework for setting MREL. This requires the Group to hold capital resources and eligible debt instruments equal to the greater of two times the TCR or two times the UK Leverage Ratio requirement. In addition to MREL, the Group must also hold any applicable capital buffers, which together with MREL represent the Group's LAC requirement.
As at 30 September 2024, the Group's risk based LAC requirement of 27.3% of RWA exposures (or 8.6% when expressed as a percentage of leverage) was greater than the leverage based LAC requirement of 8.3% of leverage exposures, meaning the RWA measure is the binding requirement.
MREL resources were £7.7bn (30 September 2023: £8.0bn) equivalent to 28.9% of RWA exposures (30 September 2023: 31.9%) or 9.1% when expressed as a percentage of leverage (30 September 2023: 9.3%). This provides prudent headroom of £0.4bn or 1.6% above the LAC requirement of 27.3% of RWAs, or 0.5% above the LAC requirement of 8.6% when expressed as a percentage of leverage exposures.
Dividend
Distributable reserves are determined as required by the Companies Act 2006 by reference to a company's individual financial statements. At 30 September 2024, the Company had accumulated distributable reserves of £1,064m (30 September 2023: £1,044m).
An interim dividend for the period ending 31 March 2025 of 2.0p per share was paid in July 2024. The dividend is consistent with the terms of the acquisition of the Group by Nationwide which completed on 1 October 2024. For further detail on dividends paid refer to note 4.1.1 of the interim condensed consolidated financial statements.
Risk management
Financial risk
Share buyback
On 2 August 2023 the Company announced a new share buyback to repurchase £50m in aggregate of ordinary shares and CHESS Depositary Interests (CDIs) and subsequently repurchased shares and CDIs in approximately equal proportions; the buyback commenced on 2 August 2023 and ended on 22 November 2023.
On 23 November 2023 the Company announced a further share buyback with an intent to repurchase another £150m in aggregate of shares and CDIs, ending no later than 16 May 2024. On 2 April 2024 the Group announced the full cancellation of the remaining buyback programme. Under this buyback programme, the Company returned £63m to shareholders.
For further detail refer to note 4.1.1 of the interim condensed consolidated financial statements.
Leverage
|
|
30 Sep 2024
|
30 Sep 2023 |
|
|
Leverage ratio |
£m |
£m |
|
|
Total Tier 1 capital for the leverage ratio |
|
|
|
|
Total CET1 capital |
3,629 |
3,711 |
|
|
AT1 capital |
693 |
594 |
|
|
Total Tier 1 capital |
4,322 |
4,305 |
|
|
Exposures for the leverage ratio |
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
89,783 |
91,786 |
|
|
Adjustment for off-balance sheet items |
2,978 |
2,999 |
|
|
Adjustment for derivative financial instruments |
585 |
706 |
|
|
Adjustment for securities financing transactions |
974 |
2,261 |
|
|
Adjustment for qualifying central bank claims |
(8,818) |
(9,052) |
|
|
Regulatory deductions and other adjustments |
(1,418) |
(2,146) |
|
|
UK leverage ratio exposure(1) |
84,084 |
86,554 |
|
|
UK leverage ratio(1) |
5.1% |
5.0% |
|
|
Average UK leverage ratio exposure(2) |
84,863 |
85,910 |
|
|
Average UK leverage ratio(2) |
5.1% |
4.9% |
|
|
(1) |
The UK leverage ratio and exposure measure are calculated after applying the IFRS 9 transitional arrangements of the CRR. |
||
|
(2) |
The average leverage exposure measure is based on the daily average of on-balance sheet items and month-end average of off-balance sheet and capital items over the quarter (1 July 2024 to 30 September 2024). |
||
The leverage ratio is monitored against a Board-approved Risk Appetite Statement, with the responsibility for managing the ratio delegated to ALCO.
The leverage ratio is the ratio of Tier 1 capital to total exposures, defined as:
· capital: Tier 1 capital defined on an IFRS 9 transitional basis; and
· exposures: total on- and off-balance sheet exposures (subject to credit conversion factors) as defined in the delegated act amending CRR article 429 (Calculation of the Leverage Ratio), which includes deductions applied to Tier 1 capital.
Other regulatory adjustments consist of adjustments that are required under CRD IV to be deducted from Tier 1 capital. The removal of these from the exposure measure ensures consistency is maintained between the capital and exposure components of the ratio.
The Group's UK leverage ratio of 5.1% (30 September 2023: 5.0%) exceeds the UK minimum ratio of 3.25%.
Risk management
Financial risk
Funding and liquidity risk
Funding risk occurs where the Group is unable to raise or maintain funds of sufficient quantity and quality to support the delivery of the business plan or sustain lending commitments. Prudent funding risk management reduces the likelihood of liquidity risks occurring, increases the stability of funding sources, minimises concentration risks and ensures future balance sheet growth is sustainable.
Liquidity risk occurs when the Group is unable to meet its current and future financial obligations as they fall due or at acceptable cost, or when the Group reduces liquidity resources below internal or regulatory stress requirements.
Sources of funding
The table below provides an overview of the Group's sources of funding:
|
|
30 Sep 2024 (unaudited) |
30 Sep 2023 (audited) |
|
||
|
|
£m |
£m |
|
||
|
Total assets |
89,783 |
91,786 |
|
||
|
Less: Other liabilities(1) |
(2,329) |
(2,694) |
|
||
|
Funding requirement |
87,454 |
89,092 |
|
||
|
Funded by: |
|
|
|
||
|
Customer deposits |
69,816 |
66,827 |
|
||
|
Debt securities in issue |
9,155 |
9,719 |
|
||
|
Due to other banks |
3,002 |
6,939 |
|
||
|
of which: |
|
|
|||
|
Secured loans |
2,988 |
6,291 |
|||
|
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase |
- |
552 |
|||
|
Transaction balances with other banks |
2 |
19 |
|||
|
Deposits with other banks |
12 |
77 |
|||
|
Equity |
5,481 |
5,607 |
|
||
|
Total funding |
87,454 |
89,092 |
|
||
|
(1) Other liabilities include derivatives, deferred tax liabilities, provisions for liabilities and charges, and other liabilities as per the balance sheet line item. |
|||||
The Group's funding objective is to prudently manage the sources and tenor of funds in order to provide a sound base from which to support sustainable lending growth. At 30 September 2024, the Group had a funding requirement of £87,454m (30 September 2023: £89,092m) with the majority being used to support loans and advances to customers. The Group measures the sustainability and stability of funding through the NSFR. The Group has sufficient stable funding to meet NSFR regulatory requirements and internal risk appetite.
Customer deposits
The majority of the Group's funding requirement was met by customer deposits of £69,816m (30 September 2023: £66,827m). Customer deposits comprise interest-bearing deposits, term deposits and non‑interest-bearing demand deposits from a range of sources including Personal and Business customers.
Debt securities in issue
Customer deposits are supported by wholesale term funding, providing diversity and stability in funding mix. Debt securities decreased to £9,155m (30 September 2023: £9,719m) with maturities of existing programmes partially offset by issuance from our medium-term note and securitisation programmes.
Equity
Equity of £5,481m (30 September 2023: £5,607m) was also used to meet the Group's funding requirement. Equity comprises ordinary share capital, retained earnings, other equity investments and a number of other reserves. For full details on equity refer to note 4.1.1 within the interim condensed consolidated financial statements.
Risk management
Financial risk
Liquid assets
The quantity and quality of the Group's liquid assets are calibrated to the Board's view of liquidity risk appetite and remain at a prudent level above regulatory requirements.
|
|
Average |
|
|
LCR |
30 Sep 2024 £m |
30 Sep 2023 £m |
|
Eligible liquidity buffer |
14,676 |
13,798 |
|
Net stress outflows |
9,368 |
9,424 |
|
Surplus |
5,308 |
4,374 |
|
LCR |
157% |
146% |
The liquid asset portfolio provides a buffer against sudden and potentially sharp outflows of funds. Liquid assets must therefore be high-quality so they can be realised for cash and cannot be encumbered for any other purpose (e.g. to provide collateral for payments systems).
The volume and quality of the Group's liquid asset portfolio is defined through a series of internal stress tests across a range of time horizons and stress conditions. The liquid asset portfolio is primarily comprised of cash at the BoE, UK Government securities (Gilts) and listed securities (e.g. bonds issued by supra-nationals and AAA-rated covered bonds).
The liquid asset portfolio is marked to market and fully hedged from an interest rate, inflation and FX risk perspective. All fair value movements are therefore recognised in CET1 via the Income Statement (market risk) or FVOCI reserve (credit risk). The Interest rate risk in the banking book (IRRBB) stress testing framework includes limits to manage the stressed credit spread risk arising from hedging the fixed rate securities in the Group's liquid asset portfolio. This ensures the composition of the portfolio is controlled and the exposure will not exceed internal appetite or the amount of capital allocated.
|
|
30 Sep 2024 |
30 Sep 2023 |
Change |
Average at 30 Sep 2024 |
Average at 30 Sep 2023 |
|
|
|
Liquid asset portfolio(1) |
£m |
£m |
% |
£m |
£m |
|
|
|
Level 1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and balances with central banks |
8,709 |
8,940 |
(2.6) |
9,718 |
9,604 |
|
|
|
UK Government treasury bills and gilts |
1,717 |
1,655 |
3.7 |
1,479 |
1,182 |
|
|
|
Other debt securities |
3,059 |
3,153 |
(3.0) |
3,102 |
2,782 |
|
|
|
Total level 1 |
13,485 |
13,748 |
(1.9) |
14,299 |
13,568 |
|
|
|
Level 2(2) |
596 |
471 |
26.5 |
528 |
327 |
|
|
|
Total LCR eligible assets |
14,081 |
14,219 |
(1.0) |
14,827 |
13,895 |
|
|
|
(1) |
Excludes encumbered assets. |
||||||
|
(2) |
Includes Level 2A and Level 2B. |
||||||
The NSFR was implemented by the PRA on 1 January 2022 based on Basel standards. The 12-month average NSFR as at 30 September 2024 is 138% (30 September 2023: 136%) comfortably in excess of the regulatory minimum requirement of 100%.
Analysis of debt securities in issue by residual maturity
The table below shows the residual maturity of the Group's debt securities in issue:
|
|
3 months or less £m |
3 to 12 months £m |
1 to 5 years £m |
Over 5 years £m |
Total at 30 Sep 2024 £m |
Total at 30 Sep 2023 £m |
|
Covered bonds |
8 |
15 |
3,838 |
- |
3,861 |
4,415 |
|
Securitisation |
61 |
176 |
1,709 |
- |
1,946 |
1,740 |
|
Medium-term notes |
- |
867 |
1,740 |
- |
2,607 |
2,612 |
|
Subordinated debt |
8 |
452 |
281 |
- |
741 |
952 |
|
Total debt securities in issue |
77 |
1,510 |
7,568 |
- |
9,155 |
9,719 |
|
Of which issued by Virgin Money UK PLC |
8 |
1,319 |
2,021 |
- |
3,348 |
3,564 |
Risk management
Financial risk
External credit ratings
The Group's long-term credit ratings are summarised below:
|
|
Outlook as at |
As at |
|||
|
|
30 Sep 2024(1) |
30 Sep 2024 |
30 Sep 2023 |
||
|
Virgin Money UK PLC |
|
|
|
||
|
Moody's |
Stable |
A3 |
Baa1 |
||
|
Fitch |
Rating Watch Positive |
BBB+ |
BBB+ |
||
|
Standard & Poor's |
CreditWatch Positive |
BBB- |
BBB- |
||
|
Clydesdale Bank PLC |
|
|
|
||
|
Moody's(2) |
Stable |
A1 |
A3 |
||
|
Fitch |
Rating Watch Positive |
A- |
A- |
||
|
Standard & Poor's |
CreditWatch Positive |
A- |
A- |
||
|
(1) |
For detailed background on the latest credit opinion by Standard & Poor's, Fitch and Moody's, please refer to the respective rating agency website. |
|
|||
|
(2) |
Long-term deposit rating. |
|
|||
Following the announcement of the potential acquisition by Nationwide in March 2024, the rating agencies in the table above had announced potential positive changes to the Group's credit ratings.
On 6 September 2024, following regulatory approval of the acquisition, Moody's upgraded the long-term senior unsecured and issuer ratings of the Group to A3 from Baa1 and Clydesdale Bank PLC's long-term deposit rating to A1 from A3. These changes reflect Moody's expectation that Nationwide will provide support to its new subsidiary in case of need and an expectation that Nationwide and the Group will be resolved as a single unit in the case of failure. The outlook on the Group's long-term issuer and senior unsecured ratings, and the outlook on Clydesdale Bank PLC's deposit rating are now Stable. This is in line with the outlook on Nationwide's long-term deposit and senior unsecured debt ratings, and reflects Moody's view that the asset quality of the newly combined Group will remain resilient, and capital will remain strong.
On 1 October 2024, following the completion of the acquisition, both S&P and Fitch announced rating actions.
S&P upgraded the Group's long-term issuer credit rating to BBB from BBB- and Clydesdale Bank PLC's long-term issuer credit rating to A from A-. This reflects S&P's view of the Group's status within the new Nationwide group as highly strategic and that the Group will benefit from a higher-rated parent's support. Following the rating actions, the outlook was changed to stable from CreditWatch Positive, reflecting S&P's view that Nationwide will continue to deliver a resilient performance and maintain a robust balance sheet, while mitigating the execution risks arising from the acquisition given the gradual integration timeline.
Fitch upgraded the Group's long-term issuer default rating to A- from BBB+ and affirmed Clydesdale Bank PLC's long-term issuer default rating at A-. The upgrade to the Group's rating reflects Fitch's view that the Group will benefit from a very high likelihood of support from Nationwide, while execution risks are mitigated by transitional resolution arrangements and a conservative and gradual integration process. For the same reasons, at the same time, Fitch assigned Clydesdale Bank PLC a new deposit rating of A, one notch above its long-term issuer default rating. Following the rating actions, the outlook was changed to Stable from Rating Watch Positive, mirroring the outlook on Nationwide.
Net interest income
Earnings sensitivity measures calculate the change in NII over a 12-month period resulting from an instantaneous and parallel change in interest rates. +/- 25 basis point shocks and +/- 100 basis point shocks represent the primary NII sensitivities assessed internally, though a range of scenarios are assessed on a monthly basis.
|
12 months NII sensitivity |
30 Sep 2024 £m |
30 Sep 2023 £m |
|
+25 basis point parallel shift |
12 |
11 |
|
+100 basis point parallel shift |
54 |
42 |
|
-25 basis point parallel shift |
(20) |
(11) |
|
-100 basis point parallel shift |
(63) |
(45) |
Risk management
Financial risk
Net interest income (continued)
Sensitivities disclosed reflect the expected mechanical response to a movement in rates and represent a prudent outcome. The sensitivities are indicative only and should not be viewed as a forecast. The key assumptions and limitations are outlined below:
· The sensitivities are calculated based on a static balance sheet and it is assumed there is no change to margins on reinvestment of maturing fixed rate products.
· There are no changes to basis spreads with the rate change passed on in full to all interest rate bases.
· Administered rate products receive a rate pass on in line with internal scenario specific pass on assumptions. Any rate reduction in a rate fall scenario is subject to product floors with the assumption customer rates would not go negative.
· Additional commercial pricing responses and management actions are not included.
· While in practice hedging strategy would be reviewed in light of changing market conditions, the sensitivities assume no changes over the 12-month period.
Structural hedge
The Group operates a structural hedging programme to manage interest rate risk on rate insensitive balances. The structural hedge is used to mitigate any volatility in the prevailing rate environment by smoothing NII, with a weighted average life of around 2.5 years.
LIBOR replacement
All regulatory milestones in relation to LIBOR cessation have been met and there are no conduct issues to note.
At 30 September 2024, the Group holds no LIBOR exposure, in any currency, on the balance sheet (30 September 2023: £0.9m remained on three-month GBP synthetic LIBOR).
Statement of Directors' responsibilities
The Directors confirm that to the best of their knowledge these interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK adopted International Accounting Standard 34 'Interim Financial Reporting' (IAS 34) and that the interim management report includes:
|
a) |
an indication of important events that have occurred during the 12 months ended 30 September 2024 and their impact on the interim condensed consolidated financial statements and a description of the principal risks and uncertainties for the remaining six months of the extended financial period to 31 March 2025; and |
|
|
|
|
b) |
material related party transactions in the 12 months ended 30 September 2024 and any material changes in the related party transactions described in the last Annual Report of Virgin Money UK PLC. |
Signed by order of the Board
Chris Rhodes
Chief Executive Officer
26 November 2024
Independent review report to Virgin Money UK PLC
Conclusion
We have been engaged by Virgin Money UK PLC (the Company) to review the condensed set of financial statements in the interim financial report for the six and twelve month periods ended 30 September 2024 which comprises the Interim condensed consolidated income statement, Interim condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive income, Interim condensed consolidated balance sheet, Interim condensed consolidated statement of changes in equity, Interim condensed consolidated statement of cash flows and the related explanatory notes 1.1 to 5.6. We have read the other information contained in the interim financial report and considered whether it contains any apparent misstatements or material inconsistencies with the information in the condensed set of financial statements.
Based on our review, nothing has come to our attention that causes us to believe that the condensed set of financial statements in the interim financial report for the six and twelve month periods ended 30 September 2024 is not prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with UK adopted International Accounting Standard 34.
Basis for Conclusion
We conducted our review in accordance with International Standard on Review Engagements (UK) 2410 "Review of Interim Financial Information Performed by the Independent Auditor of the Entity" (ISRE) issued by the Financial Reporting Council. A review of interim financial information consists of making enquiries, primarily of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters, and applying analytical and other review procedures. A review is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) and consequently does not enable us to obtain assurance that we would become aware of all significant matters that might be identified in an audit. Accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion.
As disclosed in note 1, the annual financial statements of the Company together with its subsidiary undertakings (which together comprise the Group) are prepared in accordance with UK adopted international accounting standards. The condensed set of financial statements included in this interim financial report has been prepared in accordance with UK adopted International Accounting Standard 34, "Interim Financial Reporting".
Conclusions Relating to Going Concern
Based on our review procedures, which are less extensive than those performed in an audit as described in the Basis for Conclusion section of this report, nothing has come to our attention to suggest that management have inappropriately adopted the going concern basis of accounting or that management have identified material uncertainties relating to going concern that are not appropriately disclosed.
This conclusion is based on the review procedures performed in accordance with this ISRE, however future events or conditions may cause the entity to cease to continue as a going concern.
Responsibilities of the Directors
The Directors are responsible for preparing the interim financial report in accordance with UK adopted International Accounting Standard 34.
In preparing the interim financial report, the directors are responsible for assessing the Company's ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditor's Responsibilities for the review of the financial information
In reviewing the interim financial report, we are responsible for expressing to the Company a conclusion on the condensed set of financial statements in the interim financial report. Our conclusion, including our Conclusions Relating to Going Concern, are based on procedures that are less extensive than audit procedures, as described in the Basis for Conclusion paragraph of this report.
Use of our report
This report is made solely to the Company in accordance with guidance contained in International Standard on Review Engagements (UK) 2410 "Review of Interim Financial Information Performed by the Independent Auditor of the Entity" issued by the Financial Reporting Council. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company, for our work, for this report, or for the conclusions we have formed.
Ernst & Young LLP
Edinburgh
26 November 2024
Financial statements
Interim condensed consolidated income statement
|
|
|
6 months to |
12 months to |
6 months to |
12 months to |
|
|
|
30 Sep 2024 |
30 Sep 2024 |
30 Sep 2023 |
30 Sep 2023 |
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
(unaudited) |
(unaudited) |
(audited) |
|
|
Note |
£m |
£m |
£m |
£m |
|
Interest income |
|
2,467 |
4,851 |
2,122 |
3,830 |
|
Other similar interest |
|
1 |
3 |
1 |
3 |
|
Interest expense and similar charges |
|
(1,564) |
(3,091) |
(1,288) |
(2,146) |
|
Net interest income |
2.1 |
904 |
1,763 |
835 |
1,687 |
|
Gains less losses on financial instruments at fair value |
|
- |
(6) |
2 |
(12) |
|
Other operating income |
|
94 |
164 |
76 |
152 |
|
Non-interest income |
2.2 |
94 |
158 |
78 |
140 |
|
Total operating income |
|
998 |
1,921 |
913 |
1,827 |
|
Operating and administrative expenses before impairment losses |
2.3 |
(635) |
(1,186) |
(639) |
(1,173) |
|
Operating profit before impairment losses |
|
363 |
735 |
274 |
654 |
|
Impairment losses on credit exposures |
|
(84) |
(177) |
(165) |
(309) |
|
Profit on ordinary activities before tax |
|
279 |
558 |
109 |
345 |
|
Tax expense |
2.4 |
(137) |
(180) |
(43) |
(99) |
|
Profit for the period |
|
142 |
378 |
66 |
246 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attributable to: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ordinary shareholders |
|
102 |
312 |
40 |
192 |
|
Other equity holders |
|
40 |
66 |
26 |
54 |
|
Profit for the period |
|
142 |
378 |
66 |
246 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings per share (pence) |
2.5 |
7.9 |
23.9 |
3.0 |
14.0 |
|
Diluted earnings per share (pence) |
2.5 |
7.8 |
23.8 |
3.0 |
13.9 |
All material items dealt with in arriving at the profit before tax for the periods relate to continuing activities.
The notes on pages 62 to 82 form an integral part of these interim condensed consolidated financial statements.
Financial statements
Interim condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive income
|
|
Note |
|
6 months to 30 Sep 2024 (unaudited) £m |
|
12 months to 30 Sep 2024 (unaudited) £m |
|
6 months to 30 Sep 2023 (unaudited) £m |
|
12 months to 30 Sep 2023 (audited) £m |
|
Profit for the period |
|
|
142 |
|
378 |
|
66 |
|
246 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Items that may be reclassified to the income statement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in cash flow hedge reserve |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Losses)/gains during the period |
4.1.5 |
|
(87) |
|
(390) |
|
162 |
|
(268) |
|
Transfers to the income statement |
4.1.5 |
|
(16) |
|
(53) |
|
(3) |
|
(12) |
|
Taxation thereon - deferred tax credit/(expense) |
4.1.5 |
|
28 |
|
122 |
|
(44) |
|
77 |
|
|
|
|
(75) |
|
(321) |
|
115 |
|
(203) |
|
Change in FVOCI reserve |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Losses during the period |
|
|
(18) |
|
(34) |
|
(1) |
|
(49) |
|
Transfers to the income statement |
|
|
(1) |
|
(1) |
|
- |
|
(1) |
|
Taxation thereon - deferred tax credit |
|
|
6 |
|
10 |
|
- |
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
(13) |
|
(25) |
|
(1) |
|
(36) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total items that may be reclassified to the income statement |
|
|
(88) |
|
(346) |
|
114 |
|
(239) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Items that will not be reclassified to the income statement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in defined benefit pension plan |
|
|
(24) |
|
(113) |
|
(123) |
|
(544) |
|
Taxation thereon - deferred tax credit |
|
|
6 |
|
46 |
|
44 |
|
188 |
|
Taxation thereon - current tax credit/(expense) |
|
|
- |
|
2 |
|
(1) |
|
1 |
|
Total items that will not be reclassified to the income statement |
|
|
(18) |
|
(65) |
|
(80) |
|
(355) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other comprehensive (losses)/gains, net of tax |
|
|
(106) |
|
(411) |
|
34 |
|
(594) |
|
Total comprehensive gains/(losses) for the period, net of tax |
|
|
36 |
|
(33) |
|
100 |
|
(348) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attributable to: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ordinary shareholders |
|
|
(4) |
|
(99) |
|
74 |
|
(402) |
|
Other equity holders |
|
|
40 |
|
66 |
|
26 |
|
54 |
|
Total comprehensive gains/(losses) attributable to equity holders |
|
|
36 |
|
(33) |
|
100 |
|
(348) |
The notes on pages 62 to 82 form an integral part of these interim condensed consolidated financial statements.
Financial statements
Interim condensed consolidated balance sheet
|
|
|
30 Sep 2024 |
|
30 Sep 2023 |
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
|
(audited) |
|
As at 30 September |
Note |
£m |
|
£m |
|
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
Financial instruments |
3.1 |
|
|
|
|
At amortised cost |
3.1.1 |
|
|
|
|
Loans and advances to customers |
3.1.1.1 |
71,226 |
|
72,191 |
|
Cash and balances with central banks |
|
10,695 |
|
11,282 |
|
Due from other banks |
|
518 |
|
667 |
|
At FVOCI |
|
6,087 |
|
6,184 |
|
At FVTPL |
3.1.2 |
|
|
|
|
Loans and advances to customers |
3.1.2.1 |
52 |
|
59 |
|
Derivatives |
3.1.2.2 |
44 |
|
135 |
|
Other |
|
2 |
|
2 |
|
Intangible assets and goodwill |
|
152 |
|
173 |
|
Deferred tax |
2.4 |
218 |
|
193 |
|
Defined benefit pension assets |
3.2 |
429 |
|
512 |
|
Other assets |
|
360 |
|
388 |
|
Total assets |
|
89,783 |
|
91,786 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
Financial instruments |
3.1 |
|
|
|
|
At amortised cost |
3.1.1 |
|
|
|
|
Customer deposits |
|
69,816 |
|
66,827 |
|
Debt securities in issue |
3.1.1.2 |
9,155 |
|
9,719 |
|
Due to other banks |
3.1.1.3 |
3,002 |
|
6,939 |
|
At FVTPL |
3.1.2 |
|
|
|
|
Derivatives |
3.1.2.2 |
191 |
|
290 |
|
Deferred tax |
2.4 |
107 |
|
179 |
|
Provisions for liabilities and charges |
3.3 |
38 |
|
69 |
|
Other liabilities |
|
1,993 |
|
2,156 |
|
Total liabilities |
|
84,302 |
|
86,179 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity |
|
|
|
|
|
Share capital and share premium |
4.1.1 |
140 |
|
143 |
|
Other equity instruments |
4.1.2 |
693 |
|
594 |
|
Capital reorganisation reserve |
4.1.3 |
(839) |
|
(839) |
|
Merger reserve |
4.1.4 |
2,128 |
|
2,128 |
|
Other reserves |
|
176 |
|
528 |
|
Retained earnings |
|
3,183 |
|
3,053 |
|
Total equity |
|
5,481 |
|
5,607 |
|
Total liabilities and equity |
|
89,783 |
|
91,786 |
The notes on pages 62 to 82 form an integral part of these interim condensed consolidated financial statements.
These interim condensed consolidated financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 26 November 2024 and were signed on its behalf by:
|
|
|
|
Chris Rhodes |
Clifford Abrahams |
|
Chief Executive Officer |
Chief Financial Officer |
Company name: Virgin Money UK PLC, Company number: 09595911
Financial statements
Interim condensed consolidated statement of changes in equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other reserves |
|
|
||||||||
|
|
Share capital and share premium |
Other equity instruments |
Capital reorg' reserve |
Merger reserve |
Own shares held |
Capital redemption reserve |
Deferred shares reserve |
Equity based comp' reserve |
FVOCI reserve |
Cash flow hedge reserve |
Retained earnings |
Total equity |
|||
|
Note |
4.1.1 |
4.1.2 |
4.1.3 |
4.1.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
4.1.5 |
|
|
|||
|
|
£m |
£m |
£m |
£m |
£m |
£m |
£m |
£m |
£m |
£m |
£m |
£m |
|||
|
As at 1 October 2022(1) |
148 |
666 |
(839) |
2,128 |
- |
3 |
11 |
10 |
43 |
699 |
3,471 |
6,340 |
|||
|
Profit for the period |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
246 |
246 |
|||
|
Other comprehensive (losses)/income net of tax |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(36) |
(203) |
(355) |
(594) |
|||
|
Total comprehensive losses for the period |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(36) |
(203) |
(109) |
(348) |
|||
|
AT1 distributions paid |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(54) |
(54) |
|||
|
Dividends paid to ordinary shareholders |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(148) |
(148) |
|||
|
Ordinary shares issued |
2 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
2 |
|||
|
Share buyback
|
(7) |
- |
- |
- |
- |
7 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(112) |
(112) |
|||
|
Purchase of own shares |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(2) |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(2) |
|||
|
Transfer from equity based compensation reserve |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(4) |
- |
- |
4 |
- |
|||
|
Equity based compensation expensed |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
5 |
- |
- |
- |
5 |
|||
|
Settlement of Virgin Money Holdings (UK) PLC share awards |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(5) |
- |
- |
- |
1 |
(4) |
|||
|
AT1 redemption |
- |
(72) |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(72) |
|||
|
As at 30 September 2023(1) |
143 |
594 |
(839) |
2,128 |
(2) |
10 |
6 |
11 |
7 |
496 |
3,053 |
5,607 |
|||
|
Profit for the period |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
378 |
378 |
|||
|
Other comprehensive losses net of tax |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(25) |
(321) |
(65) |
(411) |
|||
|
Total comprehensive (losses)/income for the period |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(25) |
(321) |
313 |
(33) |
|||
|
AT1 distributions paid |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(66) |
(66) |
|||
|
Dividends paid to ordinary shareholders |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(52) |
(52) |
|||
|
Ordinary shares issued |
2 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
2 |
|||
|
Share buyback
|
(5) |
- |
- |
- |
- |
5 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(63) |
(63) |
|||
|
Purchase of own shares |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(11) |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(11) |
|||
|
Transfer from equity based compensation reserve |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(8) |
- |
- |
8 |
- |
|||
|
Equity based compensation expensed |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
7 |
- |
- |
- |
7 |
|||
|
Settlement of Virgin Money Holdings (UK) PLC share awards |
- |
- |
- |
- |
8 |
- |
(4) |
- |
- |
- |
(5) |
(1) |
|||
|
Acceleration of equity based compensation expense on court sanction date |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
4 |
- |
- |
- |
4 |
|||
|
Impact of share schemes moving from equity settled to cash settled on court sanction date |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(1) |
(6) |
- |
- |
(2) |
(9) |
|||
|
AT1 issuance |
- |
346 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
346 |
|||
|
AT1 redemption |
- |
(247) |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(3) |
(250) |
|||
|
As at 30 September 2024(1) |
140 |
693 |
(839) |
2,128 |
(5) |
15 |
1 |
8 |
(18) |
175 |
3,183 |
5,481 |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
(1) |
The balances as at 1 October 2022 and 30 September 2023, and the movements in the 12 month period to 30 September 2023 have been audited; the movements in the 12 month period to 30 September 2024 are unaudited. |
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
The notes on pages 62 to 82 form an integral part of these interim condensed consolidated financial statements.
Financial statements
Interim condensed consolidated statement of cash flows
|
|
|
12 months to |
|
|
12 months to |
|
|
|
|
30 Sep 2024 |
|
|
30 Sep 2023 |
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
|
|
(audited) |
|
|
|
Note |
£m |
|
|
£m |
|
|
Operating activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit on ordinary activities before tax |
|
558 |
|
|
345 |
|
|
Adjustments for: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-cash or non-operating items included in profit before tax |
|
(1,483) |
|
|
(1,207) |
|
|
Changes in operating assets |
|
490 |
|
|
(544) |
|
|
Changes in operating liabilities |
|
1,863 |
|
|
284 |
|
|
Payments for short-term and low value leases |
|
(1) |
|
|
(3) |
|
|
Interest received |
|
4,639 |
|
|
3,300 |
|
|
Interest paid |
|
(1,972) |
|
|
(1,173) |
|
|
Tax paid |
|
(38) |
|
|
(48) |
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities |
4,056 |
|
|
954 |
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest received |
|
315
|
|
|
232 |
|
|
Proceeds from sale and maturity of financial assets at FVOCI |
|
1,709 |
|
|
1,868 |
|
|
Purchase of financial assets at FVOCI |
|
(1,401) |
|
|
(2,950) |
|
|
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment |
|
3 |
|
|
1 |
|
|
Purchase of property, plant and equipment |
|
(7) |
|
|
(9) |
|
|
Purchase and development of intangible assets |
|
(6) |
|
|
(11) |
|
|
Acquisition of controlled entities |
|
(20) |
|
|
- |
|
|
Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities |
|
593 |
|
|
(869) |
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest paid |
|
(982) |
|
|
(742) |
|
|
Repayment of principal portions of lease liabilities |
5.3 |
(22) |
|
|
(24) |
|
|
Issuance of RMBS and covered bonds |
5.3 |
500 |
|
|
1,826 |
|
|
Redemption and principal repayment on RMBS and covered bonds |
5.3 |
(894) |
|
|
(1,012) |
|
|
Issuance of medium-term notes/subordinated debt |
5.3 |
641 |
|
|
747 |
|
|
Redemption and principal repayment on medium-term notes/subordinated debt |
5.3 |
(998) |
|
|
(432) |
|
|
Issuance of AT1 securities |
|
347 |
|
|
- |
|
|
Redemption of AT1 securities |
|
(250) |
|
|
(72) |
|
|
Amounts repaid under the TFSME |
5.3 |
(3,250) |
|
|
(1,000) |
|
|
Share buybacks and purchase of own shares |
|
(83) |
|
|
(112) |
|
|
AT1 distributions |
4.1 |
(66) |
|
|
(54) |
|
|
Ordinary dividends paid |
4.1 |
(52) |
|
|
(148) |
|
|
Net cash used in financing activities |
(5,109) |
|
|
(1,023) |
|
|
|
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents |
|
(460) |
|
|
(938) |
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period |
|
11,673 |
|
|
12,611 |
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period |
|
11,213 |
|
|
11,673 |
|
The notes on pages 62 to 82 form an integral part of these interim condensed consolidated financial statements.
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed consolidated financial statements
Section 1: Basis of preparation and accounting policies
Overview
These interim condensed consolidated financial statements for the six months ended 30 September 2024 have been prepared in accordance with UK adopted IAS 34. They do not include all the information required by IASs in full annual financial statements and should therefore be read in conjunction with the Group's 2023 Annual Report and Accounts which was prepared in accordance with UK adopted IASs. Copies of the 2023 Annual Report and Accounts are available from the Group's website at https://www.virginmoneyukplc.com/investor-relations/results-and-reporting/annual-reports/.
The UK Finance Code for Financial Reporting Disclosure (the Disclosure Code) sets out disclosure principles together with supporting guidance in respect of the financial statements of UK banks. The Group has adopted the Disclosure Code and these interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in compliance with the Disclosure Code's principles. Terminology used in these interim condensed consolidated financial statements is consistent with that used in the Group's 2023 Annual Report and Accounts.
The information in these interim condensed consolidated financial statements is unaudited and does not constitute annual accounts within the meaning of Section 434 of the Companies Act 2006 (the Act). Statutory accounts for the year ended 30 September 2023 have been delivered to the Registrar of Companies and contained an unqualified audit report under Section 495 of the Act, which did not draw attention to any matters by way of emphasis and did not contain any statements under Section 498 of the Act.
1.1 Going concern
The Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for at least the next 12 months from the date the interim condensed consolidated financial statements are authorised for issue, and that the Group is well placed to manage its business risks successfully. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing these interim condensed consolidated financial statements. In reaching this assessment, the Directors have considered a wide range of information relating to present and future conditions, including future projections of profitability, cash flows, capital requirements and capital resources. These considerations include potential impacts from top and emerging risks, stress scenarios, and the related impact on profitability, capital and liquidity.
On 1 October 2024 the Company was acquired by Nationwide. The Directors' going concern assessment has focussed on the current Board approved strategy, with consideration of integration related risks and the monitoring and mitigation activities around them. Nationwide has publicly stated that in the medium term, the Group will continue to operate as a separate legal entity within the combined Nationwide group, with a separate board of directors and a banking licence held by Clydesdale Bank PLC. Following completion, Nationwide is working with the Group's management to undertake a detailed review of the Group which will include, among other considerations, an appraisal of the short and long-term objectives, strategy, and potential of the Group within the Nationwide group structure. Nationwide expects that this review will be completed within approximately 18 months from the acquisition date. The Directors expect that Nationwide will manage any consequential changes to Group capital, funding sources and strategy in a controlled manner which ensures the Group continues to meet all regulatory capital and funding requirements and can continue to operate as a going concern for at least the next 12 months from the date the interim condensed consolidated financial statements are authorised for issue. This expectation reflects Nationwide's approach to the management of the combined group following acquisition, including the downstreaming of capital to mitigate the impact of transaction related adjustments on the Group as set out in note 5.6.
Looking ahead, the Group will continue to focus on supporting customers and maintaining operational stability while supporting Nationwide in its 18-month strategic review of Virgin Money and gradual approach to integration. Further details are contained in the Nationwide's Interim Results for the period ended 30 September 2024.
1.2 Accounting policies
The accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these interim condensed consolidated financial statements are consistent with those policies followed in the preparation of the Group's 2023 Annual Report and Accounts except for those policies highlighted in note 1.4. Comparatives are presented on a basis that conforms to the current presentation unless stated otherwise.
1.3 Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The preparation of financial statements requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates and judgements that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the disclosed amounts of contingent liabilities. Assumptions made at each balance sheet date are based on best estimates at that date. Although the Group has internal control systems in place to ensure that best estimates can be reliably measured, actual amounts may differ from those estimated. There has been no change to the areas where the Group applies critical accounting estimates and judgements compared to those shown in the Group's 2023 Annual Report and Accounts.
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed consolidated financial statements
Section 1: Basis of preparation and accounting policies (continued)
1.3 Critical accounting estimates and judgements (continued)
There have been no material changes to the main accounting estimates and judgements for EIR from the detail disclosed in note 2.1 of the Group's Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 September 2023 however there have been some methodology changes for credit card EIR as described below.
EIR
The EIR is determined at initial recognition based upon the Group's best estimate of the future cash flows of the financial instrument over its expected life. Where these estimates are subsequently revised, a present value adjustment to the carrying value of the asset is recognised in profit or loss. Such adjustments can introduce income statement volatility and consequently the EIR method is a source of estimation uncertainty.
Mortgages
For mortgage products the main accounting estimates and judgements when calculating the EIR continue to be the product life (including assumptions based on observed historic customer behaviour when in a standard variable rate (SVR) period) and the applicable SVR. As at 30 September 2024, a total EIR adjustment of £200m (30 September 2023: £209m) has been recognised for mortgages. This represented 0.4% (30 September 2023: 0.4%) of the balance sheet carrying value of gross loans and advances to customers for mortgage lending. The net impact of the mortgage EIR adjustments on the income statement in the period was a charge representing (0.5)% of gross customer interest income for mortgages (12 months to 30 September 2023: a credit in the year representing 0.5% of gross customer interest income for mortgages).
Credit cards
During the period, the credit card EIR methodology has been reviewed with a view to simplifying the approach. This has allowed the Group to remove the temporary macro-economic adjustments that were previously applied at 30 September 2023, which has been compensated by the Group reducing the expectation of future balances.
Key assumptions continue to be yield and balance attrition. Yield is a function of the Interest Bearing Balance (IBB) and the Annual Percentage Rate charged to customers. Balance attrition is a function of customer activity and repayment expectations. IBB and balance attrition is impacted by customer behaviour and while there is evidence to support the expected IBB and balance attrition assumptions, there is inherent risk that this data may differ in the future. The Group has embedded a reduced expectation of future balances as part of the methodology review and has applied an average IBB of 53.7% and a long run average attrition rate of 4.4% per month.
As at 30 September 2024, a total EIR adjustment of £370m (30 September 2023: £259m) has been recognised for credit cards. This represented 5.9% (30 September 2023: 4.5%) of the balance sheet carrying value of gross loans and advances to customers for credit cards. The impact of the net credit card EIR adjustments on the income statement was a credit in the period representing 16.5% of gross customer interest income for credit cards (30 September 2023: charge in the year representing (6.2)% of gross customer interest income for credit cards).
Sensitivity analysis (mortgages and credit cards)
There are inter-dependencies between the key assumptions which add to the complexity of the judgements the Group has to make. This means that no single factor is likely to move independently of others, however, the sensitivities disclosed below assume all other assumptions remain unchanged.
|
Sensitivity impact on the mortgage EIR adjustment |
30 Sep 2024 £m |
30 Sep 2023 £m |
|
+/- 1 month change to the timing of customer repayments, redemptions and product transfers |
14/(14) |
21/(18) |
|
50bps increase to the BoE base rate not passed through to the Group's SVR |
(45) |
(42) |
The new simplified approach for the credit card EIR methodology reduces the exposure to customer behaviours at the end of the promotional period and therefore the sensitivities for the current period have been updated accordingly. These now consider IBB and balance attrition assumptions over the full expected life rather than focusing on the post-promotional period.
|
Sensitivity impact on the credit card EIR adjustment |
30 Sep 2024 £m |
30 Sep 2023 £m |
|
|
|
+/- 5 ppts change to post-promotional IBB assumption(1) (9.1% relative increase/decrease) |
n/a |
25/(26) |
|
|
|
+/- 5 ppts change to IBB assumption (9.3% relative increase/decrease) |
48/(47) |
n/a |
|
|
|
+/- 0.5 ppts change to post-promotional monthly balance attrition rate (33% relative increase/decrease) |
n/a |
(7)/7 |
|
|
|
+/- 0.5 ppts change to monthly balance attrition rate (16% relative increase/decrease) |
(18)/21 |
n/a |
|
|
|
(1) |
Where the IBB assumption is already equal to or less than 50% IBB, no further adjustment has been made on the basis this already represents a downside economic stress. |
|||
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed consolidated financial statements
Section 1: Basis of preparation and accounting policies (continued)
1.3 Critical accounting estimates and judgements (continued)
The simplified credit card EIR methodology incorporates a reduced expectation of future balances in order to mitigate the inherent judgement and estimation uncertainty that exists in determining the EIR adjustment.
The sensitivities disclosed above are provided in the context of the Group's policies and practices adopted at the balance sheet date. Following the acquisition of the Group by Nationwide on 1 October 2024, the Group has made changes to EIR accounting for both mortgage and credit cards to align with Nationwide. These changes have a material impact on EIR adjustments after the balance sheet date. Refer to note 5.6 for further information.
1.4 Accounting developments
The Group adopted the following pronouncements from the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) in the period, none of which have had a material impact:
· Amendments to IAS 8 'Accounting Policies and Accounting Estimates': This was issued in February 2021 (applicable for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023) and received endorsement for use in the UK in November 2022. The amendments clarify what changes in accounting estimates are and how these differ from changes in accounting policies and corrections of errors.
· Amendments to IAS 12 'Income Tax': Deferred Tax Related to Assets and Liabilities Arising from a Single Transaction. This was issued in May 2021 (applicable for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023) and received endorsement for use in the UK in November 2022. The amendments provide a further exception from the initial recognition exemption. Under the amendments, an entity does not apply the initial recognition exemption for transactions that give rise to equal taxable and deductible temporary differences.
· International Tax Reform - Pillar 2 Model Rules: Amendments to IAS 12. This was issued in May 2023 (with additional disclosure requirements applicable for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023, although some paragraphs were for immediate application) and received endorsement for use in the UK in July 2023. The amendments introduce a mandatory temporary exception to the accounting for deferred taxes arising from the implementation of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development Pillar 2 model rules, together with targeted disclosure requirements for affected entities (further detail on how this has been reflected in UK tax legislation can be found in note 2.4).
Amendments to IAS 1 'Presentation of financial statements' and IFRS Practice Statement 2 'Making materiality judgements' which were issued in February 2021 (applicable for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023) and endorsed for use in the UK by the UK Endorsement Board in November 2022 was early adopted by the Group with effect from 1 October 2022.
The IASB has issued a number of new amended International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) in the current and previous periods that are not mandatory for the current reporting period and have not been early adopted by the Group. The majority of these are not expected to have a material impact for the Group.
IFRS 18 'Primary Financial Statements - General Presentation and Disclosures' was issued on 9 April 2024 and is effective for reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027 (subject to UK endorsement). The new Standard will replace IAS 1 'Presentation of Financial Statements' and while much of IAS 1 has been retained in IFRS 18, there are a number of new requirements whose aim is to help entities improve how they communicate their financial performance to investors. These include i) the presentation of new defined subtotals in the income statement; ii) the disclosure of management-defined performance measures; and iii) enhanced requirements for grouping (aggregation and disaggregation) of information. Whilst the changes are a few years away from becoming mandatory, the Group is currently analysing the full potential impacts of the new Standard and expects IFRS 18 will alter the way certain information is presented but will not have a material effect on the values that are ultimately reported.
Changes in the period - Expected credit losses (ECL)
During the period, the Group reviewed the existing staging approach for credit cards in the Unsecured portfolio which focused on the triggers that move exposures from Stage 1 (requiring a 12-month ECL calculation) to Stage 2 (requiring a lifetime ECL calculation). The overall impact of these changes has been a reduction of £31m in the modelled ECL in the Unsecured portfolio.
1.5 Presentation of risk disclosures
Certain disclosures outlined in IFRS 7 'Financial Instruments: Disclosures' concerning the nature and extent of risks relating to financial instruments have been included within the risk management section of this report.
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed consolidated financial statements
Section 2: Results for the period
2.1 Net interest income
|
|
|
|
6 months to 30 Sep 2024 (unaudited) £m |
|
12 months to 30 Sep 2024 (unaudited) £m |
|
6 months to 30 Sep 2023 (unaudited) £m |
|
12 months to 30 Sep 2023 (audited) £m |
|
Interest income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans and advances to customers |
|
|
1,997 |
|
3,948 |
|
1,714 |
|
3,150 |
|
Loans and advances to other banks |
|
|
310 |
|
581 |
|
262 |
|
435 |
|
Financial assets at FVOCI |
|
|
160 |
|
322 |
|
146 |
|
245 |
|
Total interest income |
|
|
2,467 |
|
4,851 |
|
2,122 |
|
3,830 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other similar interest |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial assets at FVTPL |
|
|
1 |
|
3 |
|
1 |
|
3 |
|
Total other similar interest |
|
|
1 |
|
3 |
|
1 |
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: interest expense and similar charges |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer deposits |
|
|
(1,090) |
|
(2,076) |
|
(764) |
|
(1,233) |
|
Debt securities in issue |
|
|
(333) |
|
(684) |
|
(307) |
|
(537) |
|
Due to other banks |
|
|
(138) |
|
(326) |
|
(215) |
|
(372) |
|
Other interest expense |
|
|
(3) |
|
(5) |
|
(2) |
|
(4) |
|
Total interest expense and similar charges |
|
|
(1,564) |
|
(3,091) |
|
(1,288) |
|
(2,146) |
|
Net interest income |
|
|
904 |
|
1,763 |
|
835 |
|
1,687 |
2.2 Non-interest income
|
|
|
|
6 months to 30 Sep 2024 (unaudited) £m |
|
12 months to 30 Sep 2024 (unaudited) £m |
|
6 months to 30 Sep 2023 (unaudited) £m |
|
12 months to 30 Sep 2023 (audited) £m |
|
|
|
Gains less losses on financial instruments at fair value |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Held for trading derivatives |
|
|
2 |
|
2 |
|
4 |
|
1 |
|
|
|
Financial assets at fair value(1) |
|
|
- |
|
2 |
|
(3) |
|
2 |
|
|
|
Ineffectiveness arising from fair value hedges |
|
|
(29) |
|
(50) |
|
19 |
|
33 |
|
|
|
Amounts recycled to profit and loss from cash flow hedges(2) |
|
|
26 |
|
56 |
|
4 |
|
2 |
|
|
|
Ineffectiveness arising from cash flow hedges |
|
|
1 |
|
(16) |
|
(22) |
|
(50) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
(6) |
|
2 |
|
(12) |
|
|
|
Other operating income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net fee and commission income |
|
|
73 |
|
133 |
|
62 |
|
128 |
|
|
|
Margin on foreign exchange derivative brokerage |
|
|
11 |
|
21 |
|
10 |
|
19 |
|
|
|
Gain on sale of financial assets at FVOCI |
|
|
1 |
|
1 |
|
- |
|
1 |
|
|
|
Share of JV loss after tax |
|
|
- |
|
(1) |
|
- |
|
- |
|
|
|
Other income |
|
|
9 |
|
10 |
|
4 |
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
94 |
|
164 |
|
76 |
|
152 |
|
|
|
Total non-interest income |
|
|
94 |
|
158 |
|
78 |
|
140 |
|
|
|
(1) |
Included within financial assets at fair value is a credit risk gain on loans and advances at fair value of £Nil for the 6 months to 30 September 2024 and £Nil for the 12 months to 30 September 2024 (6 months to 30 September 2023: £Nil, 12 months to 30 September 2023: £Nil) and a fair value gain on equity investments of £Nil for the 6 months to 30 September 2024 and £Nil for the 12 months to 30 September 2024 (6 months to 30 September 2023: £1m, 12 months to 30 September 2023: £2m gain). |
||||||||||
|
(2) |
In respect of de-designated cash flow hedges where the swap was subsequently re-designated in a fair value hedge. |
||||||||||
The Group's unrecognised share of profit or loss in JVs for the 6 months to 30 September 2024 was £2m loss and for the 12 months to 30 September 2024 £1m profit (6 months to 30 September 2023: £3m loss, 12 months to 30 September 2023: £6m loss). For loss-making entities, subsequent profits earned are not recognised until previously unrecognised losses are extinguished. On a cumulative basis, the Group's unrecognised share of losses net of unrecognised profits of JVs is £14m (12 months to 30 September 2023: £15m).
On 2 April 2024 the Group acquired the remaining c50% ordinary share capital of Virgin Money Unit Trust Managers Limited (UTM), a JV with abrdn, for £20m. UTM is now a wholly owned subsidiary. Prior to the acquisition date, the Group classed UTM as a JV accounted for under the equity method. Details of the acquisition are shown in note 5.5.
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed consolidated financial statements
Section 2: Results for the period (continued)
2.2 Non-interest income (continued)
Non-interest income includes the following fee and commission income disaggregated by product type:
|
|
|
|
6 months to 30 Sep 2024 (unaudited) £m |
|
12 months to 30 Sep 2024 (unaudited) £m |
|
6 months to 30 Sep 2023 (unaudited) £m |
|
12 months to 30 Sep 2023 (audited) £m |
|
|
|
Current account and debit card fees |
|
|
48 |
|
96 |
|
48 |
|
100 |
|
|
|
Credit cards |
|
|
34 |
|
63 |
|
35 |
|
63 |
|
|
|
Insurance, protection and investments |
|
|
15 |
|
18 |
|
3 |
|
7 |
|
|
|
Other fees(1) |
|
|
8 |
|
15 |
|
8 |
|
16 |
|
|
|
Total fee and commission income |
|
|
105 |
|
192 |
|
94 |
|
186 |
|
|
|
Total fee and commission expense |
|
|
(32) |
|
(59) |
|
(32) |
|
(58) |
|
|
|
Net fee and commission income |
|
|
73 |
|
133 |
|
62 |
|
128 |
|
|
|
(1) |
Includes mortgages, invoice and asset finance and ATM fees. |
||||||||||
2.3 Operating and administrative expenses before impairment losses
|
|
|
|
6 months to 30 Sep 2024 (unaudited) £m |
|
12 months to 30 Sep 2024 (unaudited) £m |
|
6 months to 30 Sep 2023 (unaudited) £m |
|
12 months to 30 Sep 2023 (audited) £m |
|
Staff costs |
|
|
275 |
|
503 |
|
241 |
|
432 |
|
Property and infrastructure |
|
|
17 |
|
47 |
|
40 |
|
74 |
|
Technology and communications |
|
|
68 |
|
136 |
|
68 |
|
130 |
|
Corporate and professional services |
|
|
143 |
|
241 |
|
131 |
|
240 |
|
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment |
|
|
50 |
|
94 |
|
63 |
|
116 |
|
Other expenses |
|
|
82 |
|
165 |
|
96 |
|
181 |
|
Total operating and administrative expenses |
|
|
635 |
|
1,186 |
|
639 |
|
1,173 |
Staff costs comprise the following items:
|
|
|
|
6 months to 30 Sep 2024 (unaudited) £m |
|
12 months to 30 Sep 2024 (unaudited) £m |
|
6 months to 30 Sep 2023 (unaudited) £m |
|
12 months to 30 Sep 2023 (audited) £m |
|
|
|
Salaries and wages |
|
|
156 |
|
303 |
|
143 |
|
275 |
|
|
|
Social security costs |
|
|
17 |
|
35 |
|
17 |
|
32 |
|
|
|
Defined contribution pension expense |
|
|
31 |
|
62 |
|
29 |
|
56 |
|
|
|
Defined benefit pension credit |
|
|
(12) |
|
(25) |
|
(26) |
|
(50) |
|
|
|
Compensation costs |
|
|
192 |
|
375 |
|
163 |
|
313 |
|
|
|
Equity based compensation(1) |
|
|
13 |
|
19 |
|
2 |
|
6 |
|
|
|
Bonus awards |
|
|
36 |
|
48 |
|
14 |
|
22 |
|
|
|
Performance costs |
|
|
49 |
|
67 |
|
16 |
|
28 |
|
|
|
Redundancy and restructuring |
|
|
4 |
|
7 |
|
6 |
|
7 |
|
|
|
Temporary staff costs |
|
|
11 |
|
20 |
|
12 |
|
24 |
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
19 |
|
34 |
|
44 |
|
60 |
|
|
|
Other staff costs |
|
|
34 |
|
61 |
|
62 |
|
91 |
|
|
|
Total staff costs |
|
|
275 |
|
503 |
|
241 |
|
432 |
|
|
|
(1) |
Includes National Insurance on equity based compensation. On sanction of the Scheme by the Court, on 27 September 2024, existing share awards vested. At this date, the share-based payment charge was accelerated because there are no remaining service or performance conditions. For some employees who are Material Risk Takers, whilst the awards vested on Court Sanction, they are still being delivered over the original vesting schedule to meet PRA regulations. |
||||||||||
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed consolidated financial statements
Section 2: Results for the period (continued)
2.4 Taxation
|
|
|
|
6 months to 30 Sep 2024 (unaudited) £m |
|
12 months to 30 Sep 2024 (unaudited) £m |
|
6 months to 30 Sep 2023 (unaudited) £m |
|
12 months to 30 Sep 2023 (audited) £m |
|
Current tax |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current period |
|
|
51 |
|
98 |
|
9 |
|
36 |
|
Adjustment in respect of prior periods |
|
|
3 |
|
2 |
|
- |
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
54 |
|
100 |
|
9 |
|
38 |
|
Deferred tax |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current period |
|
|
83 |
|
80 |
|
35 |
|
65 |
|
Adjustment in respect of prior periods |
|
|
- |
|
- |
|
(1) |
|
(4) |
|
|
|
|
83 |
|
80 |
|
34 |
|
61 |
|
Tax expense for the period |
|
|
137 |
|
180 |
|
43 |
|
99 |
The tax assessed for the period differs from that arising after applying the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 25% (2023: 22%). A reconciliation from the expense implied by the standard rate to the actual tax expense is as follows:
|
|
|
|
6 months to 30 Sep 2024 (unaudited) £m |
|
12 months to 30 Sep 2024 (unaudited) £m |
|
6 months to 30 Sep 2023 (unaudited) £m |
|
12 months to 30 Sep 2023 (audited) £m |
|
Profit on ordinary activities before tax |
|
|
279 |
|
558 |
|
109 |
|
345 |
|
Tax expense based on the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 25% (2023: 22%) |
|
|
70 |
|
140 |
|
24 |
|
76 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effects of: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Disallowable expenses |
|
|
13 |
|
12 |
|
4 |
|
5 |
|
Conduct indemnity adjustment |
|
|
- |
|
- |
|
(1) |
|
(1) |
|
Deferred tax assets derecognised |
|
|
55 |
|
63 |
|
19 |
|
19 |
|
Impact of rate changes (charge/(credit)) |
|
|
3 |
|
(27) |
|
4 |
|
9 |
|
AT1 distribution |
|
|
(10) |
|
(17) |
|
(6) |
|
(12) |
|
Banking surcharge |
|
|
4 |
|
7 |
|
- |
|
5 |
|
Adjustments in respect of prior periods |
|
|
2 |
|
2 |
|
(1) |
|
(2) |
|
Tax expense for the period |
|
|
137 |
|
180 |
|
43 |
|
99 |
The Group's effective tax rate is 32.2% (12 months ended 30 September 2023: 28.7%). This is higher than the standard rate of corporation tax due to loss de-recognition as a result of changes to future forecast profits. The credit for the 12 months to 30 September 2024, arising from rate changes in the period relates to the impact of the reduction in the authorised surplus payments charge rate from 35% to 25% with effect from 6 April 2024, which applies to the Group's defined benefit pension scheme.
The Group has recognised deferred tax in relation to the following items in the balance sheet, income statement, and statement of other comprehensive income:
Movement in deferred tax asset/(liability)
|
|
Acquisition accounting adjustments £m |
Cash flow hedge reserve £m |
Gains on financial instruments at FVOCI £m |
Tax losses carried forward £m |
Capital allowances £m |
Other temporary differences £m |
Total deferred tax assets £m |
Defined benefit pension scheme surplus £m |
Total deferred tax liabilities £m |
|
As at 1 October 2022(1) |
(8) |
(267) |
(16) |
302 |
111 |
24 |
146 |
(350) |
(350) |
|
Income statement credit/(charge) |
2 |
1 |
- |
(35) |
(8) |
(4) |
(44) |
(17) |
(17) |
|
Other comprehensive income credit |
- |
77 |
14 |
- |
- |
- |
91 |
188 |
188 |
|
As at 30 September 2023(1) |
(6) |
(189) |
(2) |
267 |
103 |
20 |
193 |
(179) |
(179) |
|
Income statement credit/(charge) |
1 |
1 |
(1) |
(91) |
(9) |
(7) |
(106) |
26 |
26 |
|
Deferred taxes acquired in business combinations |
- |
- |
- |
3 |
- |
(4) |
(1) |
- |
- |
|
Other comprehensive income credit |
- |
122 |
10 |
- |
- |
- |
132 |
46 |
46 |
|
As at 30 September 2024(1) |
(5) |
(66) |
7 |
179 |
94 |
9 |
218 |
(107) |
(107) |
|
(1) |
The balances as at 1 October 2022 and 30 September 2023, and the movements in the 12 month period to 30 September 2023 have been audited; the balances and movements in the 12 month period to 30 September 2024 are unaudited. |
|
|||||||
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed consolidated financial statements
Section 2: Results for the period (continued)
2.4 Taxation (continued)
The deferred tax assets and liabilities detailed above arise primarily in Clydesdale Bank PLC which has a right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and is party to a Group Payment Arrangement for payments of tax to HMRC. Therefore, in accordance with IAS 12, deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities have also been offset in this period where they relate to payments of income tax to this tax authority.
The Group has unrecognised deferred tax assets of £89m (30 September 2023: £21m) on £356m gross losses (30 September 2023: £83m) valued at the mainstream rate of 25% representing tax losses whose use is not forecast within the foreseeable future.
The Group has assessed the likelihood of recovery of the deferred tax assets at 30 September 2024, and considers it probable that sufficient future taxable profits will be available over the corporate planning horizon against which the underlying deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that they are expected to be utilised within six years of the balance sheet date. If, instead of six years, the period were five or seven years, the total recognised deferred tax asset would decrease to £171m or increase to £265m respectively. If Group taxable profit forecasts were 10% lower than anticipated, the total deferred tax asset would be £202m. If Group taxable profit forecasts were 10% higher than anticipated, the deferred tax asset would be £234m. All tax assets arising will be used within the UK.
Other temporary differences include deferred tax assets for the IFRS 9 transitional adjustment of £7m and equity-based compensation of £5m (30 September 2023: £9m and £5m respectively) offset by a deferred tax liability on the customer intangible asset created on the acquisition of the remaining c50% of UTM in April 2024 (note 5.5).
On 11 July 2023, the UK Government enacted legislation to implement the G20-OECD Inclusive Framework Pillar 2 rules in the UK, including a Qualified Domestic Minimum Top-Up Tax rule. This legislation, applicable to both wholly domestic groups and multinationals, seeks to ensure that large UK-headquartered enterprises pay a minimum tax rate of 15% on UK and overseas profits. The legislation is effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 31 December 2023. As highlighted at note 5.6, the Company was acquired by Nationwide on 1 October 2024. This will be the first (tax) accounting period for which the Group is in scope of the Pillar 2 legislation; it will form part of the Nationwide group assessment in Nationwide's consolidated March 2025 Annual Report and Accounts.
There is a transitional 'safe harbour' regime which aims to reduce the compliance burden in the early years of the legislation. Where a group elects to use this regime and meets a minimum effective tax rate then no top-up tax arises. No material impact of Pillar 2 is expected for members of the Nationwide group, including Virgin Money, as it is UK-based; the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK is 25% (28% where the banking surcharge is relevant). However, as the effective tax rate will depend upon financial results at the time of each periodic assessment, no forward-looking assurance can be provided. The IAS 12 exemption to recognise and disclose information about deferred tax assets and liabilities related to Pillar 2 income taxes has been applied.
2.5 Earnings per share
|
|
6 months to |
12 months to |
6 months to |
12 months to |
|
|
30 Sep 2024 |
30 Sep 2024 |
30 Sep 2023 |
30 Sep 2023 |
|
|
(unaudited) |
(unaudited) |
(unaudited) |
(audited) |
|
|
£m |
£m |
£m |
£m |
|
Profit attributable to ordinary equity holders for the purposes of basic and diluted EPS |
102 |
312 |
40 |
192 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 months to |
12 months to |
6 months to |
12 months to |
|
|
30 Sep 2024 |
30 Sep 2024 |
30 Sep 2023 |
30 Sep 2023 |
|
|
No. of shares |
No. of shares |
No. of shares |
No. of shares |
|
Weighted-average number of ordinary shares in issue (millions) |
|
|
|
|
|
- Basic |
1,294 |
1,305 |
1,365 |
1,375 |
|
Adjustment for share awards made under equity based compensation schemes |
6 |
7 |
5 |
4 |
|
- Diluted |
1,300 |
1,312 |
1,370 |
1,379 |
|
Basic earnings per share (pence) |
7.9 |
23.9 |
3.0 |
14.0 |
|
Diluted earnings per share (pence) |
7.8 |
23.8 |
3.0 |
13.9 |
Basic earnings per share has been calculated after deducting 4m ordinary shares for the 12 months to 30 September 2024 (12 months to 30 September 2023: 0.2m) representing the weighted average of the Group's holdings of its own shares.
Note 4.1 provides details of the share buyback programme.
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed consolidated financial statements
Section 3: Assets and liabilities
3.1 Financial instruments
3.1.1 Financial instruments at amortised cost
3.1.1.1 Loans and advances to customers
|
|
|
|
30 Sep 2024 |
30 Sep 2023 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
(audited) |
|
||
|
|
|
|
£m |
|
£m |
|
|
|
Gross loans and advances to customers |
|
71,940 |
|
73,295 |
|
||
|
Impairment provisions on credit exposures(1) |
|
(602) |
|
(612) |
|
||
|
Fair value hedge adjustment |
|
|
(112) |
|
(492) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
71,226 |
|
72,191 |
|
|
|
(1) |
ECLs on off-balance sheet exposures of £4m (30 September 2023: £5m) are presented as part of the provisions for liabilities and charges balance (note 3.3). |
||||||
The Group has a portfolio of fair valued business loans of £52m (30 September 2023: £59m) which are classified separately as financial assets at FVTPL (note 3.1.2.1). Combined with the above this is equivalent to total loans and advances of £71,278m (30 September 2023: £72,250m).
The fair value hedge adjustment represents an offset to the fair value movement on hedging derivatives transacted to manage the interest rate risk inherent in the Group's fixed rate mortgage portfolio.
The Group has transferred a proportion of mortgages to the securitisation and covered bond programmes.
3.1.1.2 Debt securities in issue
The breakdown of debt securities in issue is shown below:
|
30 September 2024 (unaudited) |
Medium-term notes |
Subordinated debt |
Securitisation |
Covered bonds |
Total |
|
|
£m |
£m |
£m |
£m |
£m |
|
Debt securities |
2,567 |
733 |
1,935 |
3,838 |
9,073 |
|
Accrued interest |
40 |
8 |
11 |
23 |
82 |
|
|
2,607 |
741 |
1,946 |
3,861 |
9,155 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30 September 2023 (audited) |
Medium-term notes |
Subordinated debt |
Securitisation |
Covered bonds |
Total |
|
|
£m |
£m |
£m |
£m |
£m |
|
Debt securities |
2,584 |
938 |
1,729 |
4,392 |
9,643 |
|
Accrued interest |
28 |
14 |
11 |
23 |
76 |
|
|
2,612 |
952 |
1,740 |
4,415 |
9,719 |
Key movements in the period are shown in the table below(1). Full details of all notes in issue can be found at https://www.virginmoneyukplc.com/investor-relations/debt-investors/.
|
|
12 months to 30 Sep 2024 (unaudited) |
12 months to 30 Sep 2023 (audited) |
|
||||||||
|
|
Issuances |
Redemptions |
Issuances |
Redemptions |
|
||||||
|
|
Denomination |
£m |
Denomination |
£m |
Denomination |
£m |
Denomination |
£m |
|
||
|
Medium term notes |
EUR |
641 |
EUR |
748 |
EUR, GBP |
747 |
EUR |
432 |
|
||
|
Subordinated debt |
- |
- |
GBP |
250 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
|
||
|
Securitisation |
GBP |
500 |
GBP |
294 |
GBP |
900 |
USD, GBP |
1,012 |
|
||
|
Covered bonds |
- |
- |
GBP |
600 |
EUR, GBP |
926 |
- |
- |
|||
|
|
|
1,141 |
|
1,892 |
|
2,573 |
|
1,444 |
|
||
|
(1) |
Other movements relate to foreign exchange, hedging adjustments and the capitalisation and amortisation of issuance costs. |
|
|||||||||
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed consolidated financial statements
Section 3: Assets and liabilities (continued)
3.1 Financial instruments (continued)
3.1.1 Financial instruments at amortised cost (continued)
3.1.1.2 Debt securities in issue (continued)
The following tables provide a breakdown of the medium-term notes and subordinated debt by instrument (excluding accrued interest):
Medium-term notes
|
|
30 Sep 2024 (unaudited) £m |
30 Sep 2023 (audited) £m |
|
VM UK 3.125% fixed-to-floating rate callable senior notes due 2025 |
- |
300 |
|
VM UK 4% fixed rate reset callable senior notes due 2026 |
486 |
463 |
|
VM UK 3.375% fixed rate reset callable senior notes due 2026 |
344 |
330 |
|
VM UK 4% fixed rate reset callable senior notes due 2027 |
374 |
350 |
|
VM UK 2.875% fixed rate reset callable senior notes due 2025 |
- |
418 |
|
VM UK 4.625% fixed rate reset callable senior notes due 2028 |
422 |
421 |
|
VM UK 7.625% fixed rate reset callable senior notes due 2029 |
311 |
302 |
|
VM UK 4% fixed rate reset callable senior notes 2028 |
630 |
- |
|
|
2,567 |
2,584 |
Subordinated debt
|
|
30 Sep 2024 (unaudited) £m |
|
30 Sep 2023 (audited) £m |
|
VM UK 7.875% fixed rate reset callable subordinated notes due 2028 |
- |
|
250 |
|
VM UK 5.125% fixed rate reset callable subordinated notes due 2030 |
452 |
|
424 |
|
VM UK 2.625% fixed rate reset callable subordinated notes due 2031 |
281 |
|
264 |
|
|
733 |
|
938 |
3.1.1.3 Due to other banks
|
|
30 Sep 2024 |
|
30 Sep 2023 |
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
|
(audited) |
|
|
|
|
£m |
|
£m |
|
|
|
Secured loans |
2,988 |
|
6,291 |
|
|
|
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase(1) |
|
- |
552 |
|
|
|
Transaction balances with other banks |
2 |
|
19 |
|
|
|
Deposits from other banks |
12 |
|
77 |
|
|
|
|
3,002 |
|
6,939 |
|
|
|
(1) |
There are no underlying securities sold under agreements to repurchase as at 30 September 2024 (carrying value of underlying securities sold under agreements to repurchase at 30 September 2023: £1,047m). In the prior year, these related to mortgage assets as well as internally held debt securities, backed by mortgage assets. |
||||
Secured loans comprise amounts drawn under the TFSME schemes (including accrued interest).
3.1.2 Financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss
3.1.2.1 Loans and advances
Included in financial assets at FVTPL is a historical portfolio of loans. Interest rate risk associated with these loans is managed using interest rate derivative contracts and the loans are recorded at fair value to avoid an accounting mismatch. The maximum credit exposure of the loans is £52m (30 September 2023: £59m). The cumulative loss in the fair value of the loans attributable to changes in credit risk amounts to £1m (30 September 2023: £1m).
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed consolidated financial statements
Section 3: Assets and liabilities (continued)
3.1 Financial instruments (continued)
3.1.2 Financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss (continued)
3.1.2.2 Derivative financial instruments
The tables below analyse derivatives between those designated as hedging instruments and those classified as held for trading:
|
|
|
|
30 Sep 2024 |
30 Sep 2023 |
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
(audited) |
|
|
|
|
|
£m |
|
£m |
|
Fair value of derivative financial assets |
|
|
|||
|
Designated as hedging instruments |
16 |
|
96 |
||
|
Designated as held for trading |
|
28 |
|
39 |
|
|
|
|
|
44 |
|
135 |
|
Fair value of derivative financial liabilities |
|||||
|
Designated as hedging instruments |
147 |
|
204 |
||
|
Designated as held for trading |
|
44 |
|
86 |
|
|
|
|
|
191 |
|
290 |
Cash collateral totalling £151m (30 September 2023: £267m) has been pledged and £4m has been received (30 September 2023: £33m) in respect of derivatives with other banks. These amounts are included within due from and due to other banks respectively. Net collateral received from clearing houses, which did not meet offsetting criteria, totalled £Nil (30 September 2023: £116m) and is included within other assets and other liabilities.
The derivative financial instruments held by the Group are further analysed below. The notional contract amount is the amount from which the cash flows are derived and does not represent the principal amounts at risk relating to these contracts.
|
|
30 Sep 2024 (unaudited) |
30 Sep 2023 (audited) |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Total derivative contracts |
Notional contract amount |
Fair value of assets |
Fair value of liabilities |
Notional contract amount |
Fair value of assets |
Fair value of liabilities |
|
||||||||||||
|
|
£m |
|
£m |
|
£m |
|
£m |
|
£m |
|
£m |
|
|||||||
|
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments |
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
Cash flow hedges |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
Interest rate swaps (gross) |
31,563 |
|
394 |
|
165 |
|
51,185 |
|
1,295 |
|
545 |
|
|||||||
|
Less: net settled interest rate swaps(1) |
(31,460) |
|
(384) |
|
(162) |
|
(49,888) |
|
(1,222) |
|
(531) |
|
|||||||
|
Interest rate swaps (net)(2) |
103 |
|
10 |
|
3 |
|
1,297 |
|
73 |
|
14 |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Fair value hedges |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Interest rate swaps (gross)(3) |
23,760 |
|
691 |
|
816 |
|
19,203 |
|
1,219 |
|
862 |
|
|||||||
|
Less: net settled interest rate swaps(1) |
(23,060) |
|
(691) |
|
(804) |
|
(18,113) |
|
(1,206) |
|
(820) |
|
|||||||
|
Interest rate swaps (net)(2) |
700 |
|
- |
|
12 |
|
1,090 |
|
13 |
|
42 |
|
|||||||
|
Cross currency swaps(2) |
2,477 |
|
6 |
|
132 |
|
2,350 |
|
10 |
|
148 |
|
|||||||
|
|
3,177 |
|
6 |
|
144 |
|
3,440 |
|
23 |
|
190 |
|
|||||||
|
Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments |
3,280 |
|
16 |
|
147 |
|
4,737 |
|
96 |
|
204 |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Derivatives designated as held for trading |
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
Foreign exchange rate related contracts |
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Spot and forward foreign exchange(2) |
579 |
|
8 |
|
6 |
|
654 |
|
7 |
|
9 |
|
|||||||
|
Options(2) |
- |
|
- |
|
- |
|
- |
|
- |
|
- |
|
|||||||
|
|
579 |
|
8 |
|
6 |
|
654 |
|
7 |
|
9 |
|
|||||||
|
Interest rate related contracts |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
Interest rate swaps (gross) |
1,997 |
|
30 |
|
30 |
|
1,910 |
|
47 |
|
50 |
|
|||||||
|
Less: net settled interest rate swaps(1) |
(911) |
|
(22) |
|
(5) |
|
(753) |
|
(43) |
|
(1) |
|
|||||||
|
Interest rate swaps (net)(2) |
1,086 |
|
8 |
|
25 |
|
1,157 |
|
4 |
|
49 |
|
|||||||
|
Swaptions(2) |
10 |
- |
- |
|
1 |
|
10 |
|
- |
|
1 |
|
|||||||
|
Options(2) |
1,260 |
|
5 |
|
5 |
|
1,067 |
|
16 |
|
16 |
|
|||||||
|
|
2,356 |
|
13 |
|
31 |
|
2,234 |
|
20 |
|
66 |
|
|||||||
|
Commodity related contracts |
128 |
|
7 |
|
7 |
|
167 |
|
12 |
|
11 |
|
|||||||
|
Total derivatives designated as held for trading |
3,063 |
|
28 |
|
44 |
|
3,055 |
|
39 |
|
86 |
|
|||||||
|
(1) |
Presented within other assets and other liabilities. |
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
(2) |
Presented within derivative financial instruments. |
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
(3) |
Includes inflation and interest rate risk related swaps with a notional of £1,480m and a fair value liability of £431m. These swaps are centrally cleared and net settled. |
|
|||||||||||||||||
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed consolidated financial statements
Section 3: Assets and liabilities (continued)
3.1 Financial instruments (continued)
3.1.2 Financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss (continued)
3.1.2.2 Derivative financial instruments (continued)
Derivatives transacted to manage the Group's interest rate exposure on a net portfolio basis are accounted for as either cash flow hedges or fair value hedges as appropriate. Derivatives traded to manage interest rate, inflation and currency risk on certain fixed rate assets held for liquidity management, including UK Government Gilts, are accounted for as fair value hedges.
The Group hedging positions also include those designated as foreign currency and interest rate hedges of debt issued from the Group's securitisation and covered bond programmes. As such, certain derivative financial assets and liabilities have been booked in structured entities and consolidated within these financial statements.
The Group has no remaining hedge relationships exposed to LIBOR and as no uncertainty remains regarding interest rate benchmark reform, the Group no longer applies the reliefs provided by 'Interest Rate Benchmark Reform - Phase 1 and Phase 2 amendments' to hedge accounting.
3.1.3 Fair value of financial instruments
This section should be read in conjunction with note 3.1.4 of the Group's 2023 Annual Report and Accounts, which provides more detail about accounting policies adopted and valuation methodologies used in calculating fair value. There have been no changes in the accounting policies adopted or the valuation methodologies used. Fair value measurements are assigned to Level 1, 2 or 3 of the fair value hierarchy depending on the significance of the inputs used in determining fair value (Level 1 being the lowest and Level 3 being the highest).
(a) Fair value of financial instruments recognised on the balance sheet at amortised cost
The tables below show a comparison of the carrying amounts of financial assets and liabilities measured at amortised cost, and their fair values where these are not approximately equal. The financial assets and liabilities exclude certain financial instruments presented within other assets and other liabilities relating to accruals, trade receivables, trade payables and settlement balances which are classified as amortised cost.
There are various limitations inherent in this fair value disclosure, particularly where prices are derived from unobservable inputs due to some financial instruments not being traded in an active market. The difference between carrying value and fair value is relevant in a trading environment but is not relevant to balances such as loans and advances to customers and customer deposits.
|
|
|
|
|
30 Sep 2024 |
|
30 Sep 2023 |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
|
(audited) |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying value |
Fair value |
|
Carrying value |
Fair value |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
£m |
|
£m |
|
£m |
|
£m |
||
|
Financial assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Loans and advances to customers(1) |
|
|
71,226 |
|
71,612 |
|
72,191 |
|
71,611 |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Financial liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Customer deposits(2) |
|
|
|
69,816 |
|
69,806 |
|
66,827 |
|
66,625 |
||
|
Debt securities in issue(3) |
|
|
|
9,155 |
|
9,293 |
|
9,719 |
|
9,788 |
||
|
Due to other banks(2) |
|
|
|
3,002 |
|
3,002 |
|
6,939 |
|
6,959 |
||
|
(1) |
Categorised as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy with the exception of £1,114m (30 September 2023: £1,085m) of overdrafts which are categorised as Level 2. |
|
||||||||||
|
(2) |
Categorised as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy. |
|
||||||||||
|
(3) |
Categorised as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy with the exception of £3,438m of listed debt (30 September 2023: £3,597m) which is categorised as Level 1. |
|
||||||||||
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed consolidated financial statements
Section 3: Assets and liabilities (continued)
3.1 Financial instruments (continued)
3.1.3 Fair value of financial instruments (continued)
(b) Fair value of financial instruments recognised on the balance sheet at fair value
The following tables provide an analysis of financial instruments that are measured at fair value, using the fair value hierarchy described above:
|
|
Fair value measurement as at |
Fair value measurement as at |
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
30 Sep 2024 (unaudited) |
30 Sep 2023 (audited) |
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
Level 1 |
|
Level 2 |
|
Level 3 |
|
Total |
|
Level 1 |
|
Level 2 |
|
Level 3 |
|
Total |
|
|
|
£m |
|
£m |
|
£m |
|
£m |
|
£m |
|
£m |
|
£m |
|
£m |
|
|
Financial assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Held at FVOCI |
6,087 |
|
- |
|
- |
|
6,087 |
|
6,184 |
|
- |
|
- |
|
6,184 |
|
|
Loans and advances to customers |
- |
|
52 |
|
- |
|
52 |
|
- |
|
59 |
|
- |
|
59 |
|
|
Derivatives |
- |
|
44 |
|
- |
|
44 |
|
- |
|
135 |
|
- |
|
135 |
|
|
Other |
- |
|
- |
|
2 |
|
2 |
|
- |
|
- |
|
2 |
|
2 |
|
|
Total financial assets at fair value |
6,087 |
|
96 |
|
2 |
|
6,185 |
|
6,184 |
|
194 |
|
2 |
|
6,380 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivatives |
- |
|
191 |
|
- |
|
191 |
|
- |
|
290 |
|
- |
|
290 |
|
|
Total financial liabilities at fair value |
- |
|
191 |
|
- |
|
191 |
|
- |
|
290 |
|
- |
|
290 |
|
There were no transfers between Level 1 and 2 in the current or prior period.
3.2 Retirement benefit obligations
The Group's principal trading subsidiary, Clydesdale Bank PLC, is the sponsoring employer of the Yorkshire and Clydesdale Bank Pension Scheme (the Scheme), a defined benefit pension scheme, which was closed to future benefit accrual for the majority of current employees on 1 August 2017. The assets of the Scheme are held in a trustee administered fund, with the Trustee responsible for the operation and governance of the Scheme, including making decisions regarding the funding and investment strategy.
The following table provides a summary of the fair value of Scheme assets and the present value of the defined benefit obligation:
|
|
30 Sep 2024 |
|
30 Sep 2023 |
|
|
(unaudited) |
|
(audited) |
|
|
£m |
|
£m |
|
Fair value of Scheme assets |
2,823 |
|
2,796 |
|
Defined benefit obligation |
(2,394) |
|
(2,284) |
|
Net defined benefit pension asset |
429 |
|
512 |
On 6 April 2023, the Scheme entered into a longevity swap transaction with Pacific Life Re International Limited and Zurich Assurance Ltd to manage longevity risk in relation to c.£1.6bn of pensioner liabilities. The arrangement provides long term protection to the Scheme against costs resulting from pensioners or their dependants living longer than currently expected, enhancing security for Scheme members and reducing risk for the Group. The fair value of the hedge instrument as at 30 September 2024 is a liability of £27m (30 September 2023: £Nil).
The latest formal triennial valuation for the Scheme was undertaken as at 30 September 2022 and reported a surplus of £256m (previously a surplus of £144m based on Scheme data and market conditions as at 30 September 2019) and a technical provision funding level of 109% (previously 103%). The next triennial valuation will be conducted in the year ending 30 September 2026 based on Scheme data and market conditions as at 30 September 2025.
In June 2023, His Majesty's High Court of Justice issued a ruling in respect of Virgin Media Limited versus NTL Pension Trustees II Limited (and others) challenging the validity of rule amendments made to pension schemes contracted out on a Reference Scheme Test basis between 6 April 1997 and 5 April 2016. An appeal hearing was subsequently held in June 2024 with the Court of Appeal upholding the initial High Court determination. The Group is aware of the resulting request for guidance across the industry from the Department of Work & Pensions following this determination. The Scheme Trustees have taken initial legal advice and await further industry guidance to be issued. Directors have undertaken a high-level assessment and have concluded that the likelihood of any impact on member liabilities is remote.
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed consolidated financial statements
Section 3: Assets and liabilities (continued)
3.3 Provisions for liabilities and charges
|
|
Employee related costs provision £m |
Customer related provision £m |
Property provision £m |
Off-balance sheet ECL provisions £m |
Total £m |
||
|
As at 1 October 2022(1) |
7 |
13 |
27 |
3 |
50 |
||
|
Charge to the income statement |
7 |
- |
24 |
2 |
33 |
||
|
Utilised |
(6) |
(3) |
(5) |
- |
(14) |
||
|
As at 30 September 2023(1) |
8 |
10 |
46 |
5 |
69 |
||
|
Charge/(credit) to the income statement |
10 |
(3) |
2 |
(1) |
8 |
||
|
Utilised |
(12) |
(1) |
(26) |
- |
(39) |
||
|
As at 30 September 2024(1) |
6 |
6 |
22 |
4 |
38 |
||
|
(1) |
The balances as at 1 October 2022 and 30 September 2023, and the movements in the 12 month period to 30 September 2023 have been audited; the balances and movements in the 12 month period to 30 September 2024 are unaudited. |
|
|||||
Employee related costs provision
This includes provision for staff redundancies and for NIC on equity based compensation. During the period, provisions of £10m (30 September 2023: £7m) were raised relating to staff redundancy costs.
Customer related provision
This relates to customer matters, legal proceedings and claims arising in the ordinary course of the Group's business. A number of these matters are now reaching a conclusion and the risk that the final amount required to settle the Group's potential liabilities in these matters being materially more than the remaining provision is now considered to be low. Following a review of the final amounts required £3m was released during the period (30 September 2023: £Nil).
Property provision
This includes costs for stores and office closures. During the period, provisions of £2m (30 September 2023: £24m) were raised.
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed consolidated financial statements
Section 4: Capital
4.1 Equity
4.1.1 Share capital and share premium
|
|
|
|
|
|
30 Sep 2024 |
|
30 Sep 2023 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
|
(audited) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
£m |
|
£m |
|
Share capital |
|
|
|
|
130 |
|
134 |
|
Share premium |
|
|
|
|
10 |
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
140 |
|
143 |
|
|
30 Sep 2024 |
|
30 Sep 2023 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
|
(audited) |
|
30 Sep 2024 |
|
30 Sep 2023 |
|
|
Number of |
|
Number of |
|
(unaudited) |
|
(audited) |
|
|
shares |
|
shares |
|
£m |
|
£m |
|
Ordinary shares of £0.10 each - allotted, called up, and fully paid |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Opening ordinary share capital |
1,344,640,968 |
|
1,408,530,988 |
|
134 |
|
141 |
|
Issued under employee share schemes |
816,743 |
|
3,947,282 |
|
1 |
|
- |
|
Share buyback programme |
(48,985,025) |
|
(67,837,302) |
|
(5) |
|
(7) |
|
Closing ordinary share capital |
1,296,472,686 |
|
1,344,640,968 |
|
130 |
|
134 |
The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to dividends as declared and are entitled to one vote per share at meetings of the shareholders of the Company. All shares in issue at 30 September 2024 rank equally with regard to the Company's residual assets.
The following dividends were declared in the current and prior periods:
· A final dividend in respect of the year ended 30 September 2022 of 7.5p per ordinary share in the Company, amounting to £103m, was paid in March 2023.
· An interim dividend in respect of the year ended 30 September 2023 of 3.3p per ordinary share in the Company, amounting to £45m, was paid in June 2023.
· A final dividend in respect of the year ended 30 September 2023 of 2.0p per ordinary share in the Company, amounting to £26m, was paid in March 2024.
· An interim dividend in respect of the period ending 31 March 2025 of 2.0p per ordinary share in the Company, amounting to £26m, was paid in July 2024.
The following share buybacks have been announced in the current and prior periods:
· On 30 June 2022, the Company announced an initial repurchase of up to £75m which commenced on 30 June 2022 and ended on 9 December 2022.
· On 21 November 2022, the Company announced an extension to the share buyback programme to purchase a further £50m. The buyback extension commenced on 21 November 2022 and ended on 7 March 2023.
· On 2 August 2023, the Company announced a new share buyback programme to repurchase £50m. The buyback commenced on 2 August 2023 and ended on 22 November 2023. Under this buyback programme, the Company returned £13m to shareholders in the current period.
· On 23 November 2023, the Company announced a further share buyback to repurchase another £150m, ending no later than 16 May 2024. On 2 April 2024, the Company announced the full cancellation of the remaining programme following the publicised proposed cash acquisition of the Group by Nationwide. Under this buyback programme, the Company returned £63m to shareholders.
49m ordinary shares (30 September 2023: 68m), with a nominal value of £5m (30 September 2023: £7m), were repurchased in the period for a total consideration of £76m (30 September 2023: £112m).
Each share buyback programme was completed in aggregate between the Company's ordinary shares of £0.10 each listed on the London Stock Exchange and CDIs, each representing one share, listed on the Australian Securities Exchange. The Company repurchased shares and CDIs in approximately equal proportions. All shares repurchased were cancelled and the nominal value of the share cancellation transferred to the capital redemption reserve with the premium paid deducted from retained earnings.
Share premium represents the aggregate of all amounts that have ever been paid above par value to the Company when it has issued ordinary shares.
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed consolidated financial statements
Section 4: Capital (continued)
4.1 Equity (continued)
A description of the other equity categories included within the statements of changes in equity, together with any significant movements during the period, is provided below.
4.1.2 Other equity instruments
Other equity instruments comprises AT1 capital which consists of the following Perpetual Contingent Convertible Notes:
|
|
30 Sep 2024 (unaudited) |
30 Sep 2023 (audited) |
|
||
|
Carrying value £m |
Nominal value £m |
Carrying value £m |
Nominal value £m |
|
|
|
Perpetual securities (fixed 9.25% up to the first reset date) issued on 13 March 2019 with an optional redemption on 8 June 2024. |
- |
- |
247 |
250 |
|
|
Perpetual securities (fixed 8.25% up to the first reset date) issued on 17 June 2022 with an optional redemption on 17 June 2027. |
347 |
350 |
347 |
350 |
|
|
Perpetual securities (fixed 11.0% up to the first reset date) issued on 8 December 2023 with an optional redemption on 8 December 2028. |
346 |
350 |
- |
- |
|
|
|
693 |
700 |
594 |
600 |
|
On 6 December 2023, perpetual securities (fixed 9.25% up to the first reset date) issued on 13 March 2019 totalling £105m were redeemed. The remaining £142m were redeemed on the optional redemption date of 8 June 2024.
The issuances are treated as equity instruments in accordance with IAS 32 'Financial Instruments: Presentation' with the proceeds included in equity, net of transaction costs, which is the difference between the nominal and carrying values. AT1 distributions of £66m were paid in the period (12 months ended 30 September 2023: £54m).
4.1.3 Capital reorganisation reserve
The capital reorganisation reserve of £839m was recognised on the issuance of the Company's ordinary shares in February 2016 in exchange for the acquisition of the entire share capital of the Group's previous parent company, CYB Investments Limited (CYBI). The reserve reflects the difference between the consideration for the issuance of the Company's shares and CYBI's share capital and share premium.
4.1.4 Merger reserve
A merger reserve of £633m was recognised on the issuance of the Company's ordinary shares in February 2016 in exchange for the acquisition of the entire share capital of CYBI. An additional £1,495m was recognised on the issuance of the Company's ordinary shares in October 2018 in exchange for the acquisition of the entire share capital of Virgin Money Holdings (UK) PLC. The merger reserve reflects the difference between the consideration for the issuance of the Company's shares and the nominal value of the shares issued.
4.1.5 Cash flow hedge reserve
The cash flow hedge reserve represents the effective portion of cumulative post-tax gains and losses on derivatives designated as cash flow hedging instruments that will be recycled to the income statement when the hedged items affect profit or loss.
|
|
12 months to 30 Sep 2024 (unaudited) £m |
|
12 months to 30 Sep 2023 (audited) £m |
|
Opening cash flow hedge reserve |
496 |
|
699 |
|
Amounts recognised in other comprehensive income: |
|
|
|
|
Cash flow hedge - interest rate risk |
|
|
|
|
Effective portion of changes in fair value of interest rate swaps |
(390) |
|
(268) |
|
Amounts transferred to the income statement |
(53) |
|
(12) |
|
Taxation |
122 |
|
77 |
|
Closing cash flow hedge reserve |
175 |
|
496 |
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed consolidated financial statements
Section 5: Other notes
5.1 Contingent liabilities and commitments
The table below sets out the amounts of financial guarantees and commitments which are not recorded on the balance sheet. Financial guarantees and commitments are credit-related instruments which include acceptances, letters of credit, guarantees and commitments to extend credit. The amounts do not represent the amounts at risk at the balance sheet date but the amounts that would be at risk should the contracts be fully drawn upon and the customer default. Since a significant portion of guarantees and commitments is expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total of the contract amounts is not representative of future liquidity requirements.
|
|
30 Sep 2024 |
|
30 Sep 2023 |
|
|
(unaudited) |
|
(audited) |
|
|
£m |
|
£m |
|
Guarantees and assets pledged as collateral security: |
|
|
|
|
Due in less than 3 months |
10 |
|
12 |
|
Due between 3 months and 1 year |
25 |
|
18 |
|
Due between 1 year and 3 years |
10 |
|
8 |
|
Due between 3 years and 5 years |
3 |
|
1 |
|
Due after 5 years |
37 |
|
40 |
|
|
85 |
|
79 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other credit commitments |
|
|
|
|
Undrawn formal standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments to lend at call |
17,580 |
|
17,921 |
Other contingent liabilities
Conduct risk related matters and legal claims
There continues to be uncertainty with judgement required in determining the quantum of conduct risk related liabilities, with note 3.3 reflecting the Group's current position where a provision can be reliably estimated. Until all matters are resolved the final amount required to settle the Group's potential liabilities for conduct related matters remains uncertain.
The Group will continue to reassess the adequacy of provisions for these matters and the assumptions underlying the calculations at each reporting date based upon experience and other relevant factors at that time.
The Group's subsidiary, Clydesdale Bank PLC, along with its former parent company, National Australia Bank Limited, is a defendant in nine separate claims (comprising 904 individual claimants) co-ordinated by the claims management company, RGL Management Limited, in connection with (i) the payment of break costs and (ii) the composition of fixed interest rates, both, in respect of historic tailored business loans. On 19 March 2024 His Majesty's High Court delivered its judgment in the first and fourth claims dismissing all claims made against Clydesdale Bank PLC and National Australia Bank Limited. Costs have been awarded in favour of Clydesdale Bank PLC and National Australia Bank Limited. The Claimants have appealed parts of the judgment. The appeal hearing is listed to take place on 16-20 June 2025. No provision has been made in these interim condensed consolidated financial statements in respect of the current claims, nor any other claims of a similar nature which may be brought by other claimants.
The Group is named in and is defending a number of legal claims arising in the ordinary course of business. No material adverse impact on the financial position of the Group is expected to arise from the ultimate resolution of these legal actions.
5.2 Related party transactions
The Group undertakes activity with the following entities which are considered to be related party transactions:
Yorkshire and Clydesdale Bank Pension Scheme (the Scheme)
The Group provides banking services to the Scheme, with customer deposits of £12m (30 September 2023: £7m). Pension contributions of £6m were made to the Scheme in the period (12 months ended 30 September 2023: £7m).
The Group granted a £75m uncommitted liquidity facility to the Scheme as an additional contingency against future short-term liquidity challenges resulting from unexpected market turbulence. There is also a £7m BACS facility held for the Scheme in relation to payments to the Scheme's members (30 September 2023: £7m). As at 30 September 2024, the amount drawn under both facilities was £Nil (30 September 2023: £Nil).
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed consolidated financial statements
Section 5: Other notes (continued)
5.2 Related party transactions (continued)
JVs
As at 30 September 2024 the Group's value of investments in JVs is £Nil (30 September 2023: £10m). The total share of losses recognised in the period was £Nil (12 months to 30 September 2023: £Nil).
On 2 April 2024 the Group acquired the remaining c50% ordinary share capital of UTM, a JV with abrdn, for £20m. UTM is now a wholly owned subsidiary. Prior to the acquisition date, the Group classed UTM as a JV accounted for under the equity method. Transactions prior to the acquisition date are shown in note 5.5.
The Group had the following transactions with Salary Finance during the period:
· The Group provides Salary Finance with a revolving credit facility funding line, of which the current gross lending balance was £234m (30 September 2023: £290m) and the undrawn facility was £16m (30 September 2023: £60m). The facility is held under Stage 2 for credit risk purposes (30 September 2023: Stage 2), with an ECL allowance of £19m (30 September 2023: £22m) held against the lending. An impairment release of £3m was recognised in the period (12 months to 30 September 2023: £3m charge). The lending made via Salary Finance continues to be held as part of the Group's Unsecured lending portfolio and consists of personal lending to Salary Finance customers. The Group received £15m of interest income from Salary Finance in the period (12 months to 30 September 2023: £16m) and holds deposits of £12m (30 September 2023: £10m). During the period the facility limit was reduced to £250m (30 September 2023: £350m) in line with the reduction in lending. Board approval for this limit is in place until December 2025, which is subject to review if circumstances change.
Other related party transactions with Virgin Group(1)
The Group has related party transactions with other Virgin Group companies:
· License fees due to Virgin Enterprises for the use of the Virgin Money brand trademark resulted in payables of £6m (30 September 2023: £5m), with expenses incurred in the period of £19m (12 months to 30 September 2023: £17m).
· The Group incurs credit card commissions and air mile charges from Virgin Atlantic Airways Limited (VAA) in respect of an agreement between the two parties. Amounts payable to VAA totalled £3m (30 September 2023: £2m) and expenses of £19m were incurred in the period (12 months to 30 September 2023: £17m).
· The Group incurs charges and receives commissions concerning the cashback incentive scheme with Virgin Red Limited in relation to the credit card, PCA and investment portfolio. Amounts receivable totalled £0.3m (30 September 2023: £0.2m), amounts payable totalled £0.2m (30 September 2023: £0.1m) and during the period this resulted in expenses of £1.5m (12 months to 30 September 2023: £0.5m) along with income of £1m (12 months to 30 September 2023: £0.4m).
· The Group has an arrangement with Virgin Start Up Limited to host a series of events, podcasts and videos and other digital content. During the period this resulted in amounts payable of £Nil (30 September 2023: £0.1m) and expenses payable of £0.3m (12 months to 30 September 2023: £0.4m).
· The Group paid £8m (12 months to 30 September 2023: £20m) of ordinary dividends to Virgin Group Holdings Limited.
· The Group provides lending facilities to other Virgin Group companies. The approved facility limit is £20m (30 September 2023: £20m) with the current gross lending balance as at 30 September 2024 being £10m (30 September 2023: £10m). The undrawn facility at 30 September 2024 was £10m (30 September 2023: £10m). During the period this resulted in interest income of £1m (12 months to 30 September 2023: £0.2m). The facility is held under Stage 1 for credit risk purposes (30 September 2023: Stage 1), there are no ECL provisions held against this facility and it is within the usual parameters for the current business portfolio with commercial terms that comply with existing credit policy.
|
(1) |
All companies were incorporated in England and Wales with the exception of Virgin Group Holdings Limited, which was incorporated in the British Virgin Islands. |
Charities
The Group provides banking services to Virgin Money Foundation which has resulted in customer deposits of £1m (30 September 2023: £1m). The Group made donations of £1m in the period (12 months to 30 September 2023: £1m) to the Foundation to enable it to pursue its charitable objectives. The Group has also provided a number of support services to the Foundation on a pro bono basis, including use of facilities and employee time. The estimated gift in kind for support services provided during the period was £0.4m (12 months to 30 September 2023: £0.5m).
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed consolidated financial statements
Section 5: Other notes (continued)
5.3 Notes to the statement of cash flows
|
|
|
Term funding schemes(1) |
Debt securities in issue |
Lease liabilities |
Total |
|
|
|
|
Note |
£m 3.1.1.3 |
£m 3.1.1.2 |
£m |
£m |
|
|
|
As at 1 October 2022(2) |
|
7,230 |
8,509 |
132 |
15,871 |
|
|
|
Cash flows: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuances |
|
- |
2,573 |
- |
2,573 |
|
|
|
Redemptions |
|
- |
(1,444) |
- |
(1,444) |
|
|
|
Repayment |
|
(1,000) |
- |
(24) |
(1,024) |
|
|
|
Tax paid |
|
- |
- |
(1) |
(1) |
|
|
|
Non-cash flows |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value and other associated adjustments |
|
- |
59 |
- |
59 |
|
|
|
Additions to right-of-use asset in exchange for increased lease liabilities |
|
- |
- |
76 |
76 |
|
|
|
Remeasurement |
|
- |
- |
(6) |
(6) |
|
|
|
Movement in accrued interest |
|
61 |
27 |
3 |
91 |
|
|
|
Unamortised costs |
|
- |
(5) |
- |
(5) |
|
|
|
As at 30 September 2023(2) |
|
6,291 |
9,719 |
180 |
16,190 |
|
|
|
Cash flows: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuances |
|
- |
1,141 |
- |
1,141 |
|
|
|
Redemptions |
|
- |
(1,892) |
- |
(1,892) |
|
|
|
Repayment |
|
(3,250) |
- |
(22) |
(3,272) |
|
|
|
Non-cash flows |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value and other associated adjustments |
|
- |
177 |
- |
177 |
|
|
|
Additions to right-of-use asset in exchange for increased lease liabilities |
- |
- |
2 |
2 |
|
||
|
Movement in accrued interest |
(53) |
7 |
5 |
(41) |
|
||
|
Unamortised costs |
- |
3 |
- |
3 |
|
||
|
As at 30 September 2024(2) |
|
2,988 |
9,155 |
165 |
12,308 |
|
|
|
(1) |
This includes amounts drawn under the TFS and TFSME.
|
||||||
|
(2) |
The balances as at 1 October 2022 and 30 September 2023, and the movements in the 12 month period to 30 September 2023 have been audited; the balances and movements in the 12 month period to 30 September 2024 are unaudited. |
||||||
5.4 Segment information
The Group's operating segments are operating units engaged in providing different products or services and whose operating results and overall performance are regularly reviewed by the Group's Chief Operating Decision Maker, the Executive Leadership Team.
The Group operates under four commercial lines: Mortgages, Unsecured, Business, and Deposits, which are reported through the Managing Director, Business and Commercial. At this point in time, the business continues to be reported to the Group's Chief Operating Decision Maker as a single segment and decisions made on the performance of the Group on that basis. Segmental information will therefore continue to be presented on this single segment basis.
|
|
|
|
6 months to 30 Sep 2024 (unaudited) £m |
|
12 months to 30 Sep 2024 (unaudited) £m |
|
6 months to 30 Sep 2023 (unaudited) £m |
|
12 months to 30 Sep 2023 (audited) £m |
|
Net interest income |
|
|
904 |
|
1,763 |
|
835 |
|
1,687 |
|
Non-interest income |
|
|
94 |
|
158 |
|
78 |
|
140 |
|
Total operating income |
|
|
998 |
|
1,921 |
|
913 |
|
1,827 |
|
Operating and administrative expenses |
|
|
(635) |
|
(1,186) |
|
(639) |
|
(1,173) |
|
Impairment losses on credit exposures |
|
|
(84) |
|
(177) |
|
(165) |
|
(309) |
|
Segment profit before tax |
|
|
279 |
|
558 |
|
109 |
|
345 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average interest earning assets |
|
|
90,345 |
|
89,899 |
|
90,042 |
|
89,810 |
The Group has no operations outside the UK and therefore no secondary geographical area information is presented. The Group is not reliant on a single customer. Liabilities are managed on a centralised basis.
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed consolidated financial statements
Section 5: Other notes (continued)
5.5 Virgin Money Unit Trust Managers Limited acquisition
On 2 April 2024 the Group acquired the remaining c50% of the ordinary share capital of UTM for cash consideration of £20m and obtained control of UTM. UTM provides investment management services to retail customers including general investment accounts, stocks and shares ISAs and a pension product.
Prior to obtaining control, UTM was a JV with abrdn, with the Group holding a 50% plus one share equity interest which it accounted for under the equity method. With UTM having successfully completed its technology platform migration and launched the Virgin Money Investments digital platform, taking full ownership will enable the Group to focus on our expertise in branding and distribution, while abrdn will continue to provide investment advisory services.
The goodwill of £10m arising from the acquisition primarily represents the potential for future new customer acquisition and related asset under management growth following the adoption of the modern investment platform. None of the goodwill recognised is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.
The following tables summarise the consideration paid for UTM and the amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed recognised at the acquisition date (2 April 2024).
|
|
£m |
|
Consideration |
|
|
Cash consideration transferred |
20 |
|
Fair value of the Group's equity interest in UTM held before the business combination |
20 |
|
Consideration attributed to settlement of pre-existing relationships1 |
(7) |
|
Total consideration |
33 |
|
|
£m |
|
|
|
Recognised amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed |
|
|
|
|
Financial assets |
16 |
|
|
|
Other assets |
3 |
|
|
|
Identifiable intangible assets |
4 |
|
|
|
Total assets |
23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial liabilities |
- |
|
|
|
Other liabilities |
12 |
|
|
|
Total liabilities |
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets |
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
£m |
|
|
|
Fair value of net assets acquired |
11 |
|
|
|
Goodwill arising on acquisition |
22 |
|
|
|
Total consideration |
33 |
|
|
|
(1) |
Pre-existing banking, debtor and creditor relationships between UTM and the Group were deemed to be settled at carrying value on acquisition with no resulting gains or losses. These amounts are now eliminated on consolidation and therefore excluded from recognised assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the deemed settlement value being deducted from total consideration. |
||
The revenue included in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income since 2 April 2024 contributed by UTM is £12m (recognised within other operating income). UTM also contributed losses of £1m over the same period. Had UTM been consolidated from 1 October 2023 the consolidated income statement would have included total revenue of £23m and losses of £3m relating to UTM.
In the period prior to the acquisition the Group received £5m of recharge income (30 September 2023: £9m) from UTM in accordance with a service level agreement in respect of resourcing, infrastructure and marketing. The Group provided UTM with a 30 day notice account with customer deposits of £10m (30 September 2023: £17m) which resulted in interest of £0.3m being paid to UTM (30 September 2023: £0.5m).
5.6 Post-balance sheet events
Nationwide's acquisition of Virgin Money
On 1 October 2024 the Company and Nationwide announced that all the conditions set out in the scheme of arrangement announced on 21 March 2024 had been satisfied, or waived, and the scheme had become effective in accordance with its terms. As a result, the Company was delisted from the London and Australian Stock Exchange. The completion of the transaction on 1 October 2024 has given rise to the following post balance sheet impacts for the Group.
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed consolidated financial statements
Section 5: Other notes (continued)
5.6 Post-balance sheet events (continued)
Nationwide's acquisition of Virgin Money (continued)
Brand licence agreement
On 22 May 2024, the Company's shareholders approved amendments to the brand licence agreement between the Company and Virgin Enterprises, which governs the use of the 'Virgin Money' brand (the 'TMLA').
A deed of amendment in respect of the TMLA was then subsequently entered into by the Company and Virgin Enterprises on 1 October 2024. As previously announced, the TMLA fee of £250m plus irrecoverable VAT of £50m became due to Virgin Enterprises following the amendment.
This is a non-adjusting event, and consequently has not been recognised in the 30 September 2024 interim condensed consolidated financial statements. The TMLA fee is payable in two equal instalments, with the first paid in October 2024 and the second due in October 2025. The full TMLA fee of £250m and the irrecoverable VAT on the first instalment of £25m has been recognised in October 2024. The VAT payable on the second instalment will be recognised in October 2025 in line with the scheduled invoice. The full £300m was reflected for regulatory capital purposes as a foreseeable charge in the period ended 30 September 2024.
Change in accounting reference date
Following completion of the Nationwide acquisition, the Group changed its accounting reference date from 30 September to 31 March to align with the reporting date of the Group's new parent. The next full Annual Report and Accounts of the Group will be for the 18-month period to 31 March 2025.
Changes to accounting policies
Following completion of the Nationwide acquisition, the Group also made the following changes to accounting policies to align with those used by the Group's new parent. These changes will be presented within the Group's results for the 18-month period to 31 March 2025.
EIR accounting
The principal changes to the Group's accounting policies for mortgage and credit card EIR are:
· Mortgage EIR: the removal of SVR interest cash flows at the end of the initial product term and alignment in approach to ERC methodology; and
· Credit card EIR: a change to the unit of account methodology from the current method (whereby the unit of account is the contract with the customer) to the unit of account being the balance outstanding at the reporting date.
These changes will require restatement to previously reported prior periods, which will be adjusted through opening retained earnings. The pre-tax impact of this would be as follows:
|
|
|
|
Mortgages |
|
Credit cards |
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
£m |
|
£m |
|
£m |
|
Decrease in retained earnings as at 1 October 2022 |
|
|
(171) |
|
(285) |
|
(456) |
|
(Decrease)/increase in retained earnings as at 30 September 2023 |
|
(7) |
|
26 |
|
19 |
|
|
Total decrease in retained earnings as at 30 September 2023 |
|
|
(178) |
|
(259) |
|
(437) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EIR asset as at 30 September 2023 as reported |
|
|
209 |
|
259 |
|
468 |
|
Adjustments as above |
|
|
(178) |
|
(259) |
|
(437) |
|
Revised EIR asset as at 1 October 2023 |
|
|
31 |
|
- |
|
31 |
There will be deferred tax implications arising from the above adjustments that will be reported in the Group's Annual Report and Accounts for the 18-month period to 31 March 2025.
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed consolidated financial statements
Section 5: Other notes (continued)
5.6 Post-balance sheet events (continued)
Nationwide's acquisition of Virgin Money (continued)
In terms of the EIR asset reported at 30 September 2024, this will be revised through a combination of the above adjustments and the reversal of income that will be reflected in the results for the 18-month period to 31 March 2025:
|
|
|
|
Mortgages |
|
Credit cards |
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
£m |
|
£m |
|
£m |
|
EIR asset as at 30 September 2024 (note 1.3) |
|
|
200 |
|
370 |
|
570 |
|
Prior period adjustments as above |
|
(178) |
|
(259) |
|
(437) |
|
|
Current period adjustments |
|
(7) |
|
(111) |
|
(118) |
|
|
Revised EIR asset as at 30 September 2024 |
|
|
15 |
|
- |
|
15 |
The current period adjustments will be tax impacted as part of the Group's results for the 18-month period to 31 March 2025.
Further detail on the Group's EIR accounting applicable as at 30 September 2024 can be found in note 1.3.
As a result of this change in accounting policy, EIR accounting will not be presented as a critical accounting estimate and judgement in future reporting periods.
Hedge accounting
On 1 October 2024 the Group adopted the general hedge accounting requirements of IFRS 9 to align with the Nationwide accounting policy. This will impact the Group's micro fair value hedges and the Group's macro cash flow hedge. The change is prospective (meaning no restatement of prior periods is required) and the Group continues to apply IAS 39 fair value hedge accounting for portfolio hedges of interest rate risk (macro hedge accounting).
The changes include:
· the ability to choose to exclude currency basis spreads from hedge designation and instead report this element of fair valuation directly in a hedge reserve within equity;
· the performance of hedge effectiveness testing on a prospective basis only, in line with risk management strategy; and
· the inability to voluntarily de-designate hedging relationships, unless there has been a change to risk management objectives.
This will not have a material impact on results and will require the creation of an 'other hedging reserve' within equity to include the impact of foreign currency basis spreads.
Further detail on the Group's hedge accounting applicable as at 30 September 2024 can be found in note 3.1.2.2.
In addition to the above, there are other changes the Group will be required to make as a result of alignments to Nationwide's accounting policies, practice and presentation in the Group's Annual Report and Accounts for the 18-month period to 31 March 2025. The majority of these are likely to be presentational adjustments only that will result in restatements to the prior period primary statements, although some further adjustment to the opening retained earnings position may also be necessary.
Ordinary share issuance
In order to mitigate the effect of the updates detailed above, on 1 October 2024 the Company issued 298m ordinary shares to Nationwide for cash consideration of £650m, recognising share capital of £30m and share premium of £620m. This ordinary share issue ensures the Group's CET1 ratio remains greater than 13.5% after the impact of the TMLA fee and the changes to accounting policies noted above. On the same date, the Company subscribed for 298m ordinary shares issued by Clydesdale Bank PLC for cash consideration of £650m thereby increasing the investment in its subsidiary.
Additional information
Measuring financial performance
As highlighted within the Business and financial review and Risk management sections, a range of metrics are considered that measure and track the Group's performance. Some of these metrics will be the Group's KPIs, which are a set of quantifiable measurements used to gauge the Group's overall long-term performance. Others are not referred to as KPIs, but are still useful metrics for the Group to reflect on and are disclosed to aid comparisons with peers.
These metrics fall into two main categories:
· Financial - which are further split into:
o IFRS based - meaning the basis of the calculation is derived from a measure that can be found and is directly required under generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP); and
o Non-IFRS based - these are also referred to as APMs and can be derived from non-GAAP measures.
· Non-Financial - being those that are not directly linked to the Group's financial performance, but more in relation to other external factors.
Non-IFRS based financial performance metrics can be calculated on either a statutory or an 'excluding notable items' basis. Previously, items adjusted from the Group's statutory position resulted in an 'underlying basis' of performance. The Group no longer presents results on an underlying basis, moving instead to a statutory presentation of its income statement, whilst still providing details of notable items of income and expenditure. Further detail on each of the notable items, along with management's reasoning for excluding the impact of these items from the Group's current 'excluding notable items' basis, can be found on page 87, directly following this section.
Refer to pages 372 to 380 of the Group's 2023 Annual Report and Accounts for a complete listing of the Group's performance metrics, metric definitions and why they matter. For financial performance metrics that are arrived at by way of a calculation, refer below:
Financial performance metrics
Profitability:
|
Metric |
KPI |
Basis |
Formula |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Adjusted cost: income ratio |
Yes |
Non-IFRS |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Adjusted EPS |
No |
Non-IFRS |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Adjusted profit after tax attributable to ordinary equity shareholders |
No |
Non-IFRS |
|
Additional information
Measuring financial performance
Financial performance metrics continued
Profitability continued:
|
Metric |
KPI |
Basis |
Formula |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Profit before tax (excluding notable items) |
No |
Non-IFRS |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Net interest margin (NIM) |
No |
Non-IFRS |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Statutory basic earnings per share (EPS) |
No |
IFRS |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Statutory cost: income ratio |
No |
Non-IFRS |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Statutory return on tangible equity (RoTE) |
Yes |
Non-IFRS |
|
Lending (Basis - non-IFRS):
|
Metric |
KPI |
Formula |
|||||||||||||||
|
Target lending segment asset growth |
Yes |
|
|||||||||||||||
Additional information
Measuring financial performance
Financial performance metrics continued
Lending (Basis - non-IFRS) continued:
|
Metric |
KPI |
Formula |
||||||||||||
|
Relationship deposits growth |
Yes |
|
Asset quality (Basis - non-IFRS):
|
Metric |
KPI |
Formula |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Impairment charge to average customer loans |
No |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
% of loans in Stage 2 |
No |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
% of loans in Stage 3 |
No |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Total book coverage |
No |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Stage 2 coverage(1) |
No |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Stage 3 coverage(1) |
No |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
(1) |
The ratios exclude the government-backed loan portfolio, unearned income, accrued interest and fair value adjustments. |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Additional information
Measuring financial performance
Financial performance metrics continued
Capital (Basis - non-IFRS):
|
Metric |
KPI |
Formula |
||||||||||||||||||
|
Announced shareholder distributions |
Yes |
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio (IFRS 9 transitional) |
No |
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
CET1 ratio (IFRS 9 fully loaded) |
No |
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
Tier 1 ratio |
No |
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
Total capital ratio |
No |
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
Tangible net asset value (TNAV) per share |
No |
|
Additional information
Measuring financial performance
Management exclude certain items from the Group's statutory position to arrive at an 'excluding notable items' basis. The exclusion of notable items aims to remove the impact of one-offs and other volatile items which may distort period-on-period comparisons. Previously, items adjusted from the Group's statutory position resulted in an 'underlying basis' of performance. The Group no longer presents results on an underlying basis, moving instead to a statutory presentation of its income statement, whilst still providing details of notable items of income and expenditure. Comparative periods have not been restated as the 'excluding notable items basis' is directly comparable to the previously disclosed 'underlying basis'. Management's approach to notable items is aligned to the European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA) guidelines on APMs and recommendations are subject to review and agreement by the Board Audit Committee. Additional detail on these items is provided below to help understand their inclusion as a notable item.
Notable items within operating income
|
Item |
6 months to 30 Sep 2024 £m |
12 months to 30 Sep 2024 £m |
6 months to 30 Sep 2023 £m |
12 months to 30 Sep 2023 £m |
Reason for inclusion as a notable item |
|
Acquisition accounting unwinds |
(6) |
(15) |
(26) |
(29) |
This consists of the unwind of the IFRS 3 fair value adjustments created on the acquisition of Virgin Money Holdings (UK) PLC in October 2018. These represent either one-off adjustments or are the scheduled reversals of the accounting adjustments that arose following the fair value exercise required by IFRS 3. These will continue to be treated as notable items until the remaining amounts have been fully reversed. |
|
Hedge ineffectiveness |
(3) |
(11) |
- |
(16) |
The result of hedge accounting and fair value movements on derivatives in economic hedges to the extent they either do not meet the criteria for hedge accounting or give rise to hedge ineffectiveness. Hedge ineffectiveness largely represents timing differences that will reverse out over the lives of derivatives that are used in economic hedges, is often volatile, and driven by accounting requirements and not generally considered as a component of the core financial result. |
|
Other: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
UTM income |
12 |
12 |
- |
- |
The post-acquisition revenue recognised within UTM since it became a wholly owned subsidiary on 2 April 2024. This was not incorporated in the Group's guidance for the 12-month period to 30 September 2024, first set in November 2023. |
|
UTM acquisition gain |
11 |
11 |
- |
- |
A one-off gain recognised on the Group's pre-acquisition interest in UTM. |
|
UTM transition costs |
- |
- |
(1) |
(2) |
These costs relate to UTM's transformation costs principally for the build of a new platform for administration and servicing. |
|
VISA shares |
- |
- |
- |
1 |
A one-off gain on conversion of Visa B Preference shares to Series A preference shares. |
|
Total |
14 |
(3) |
(27) |
(46) |
|
Notable items within operating expenses
|
Item |
6 months to 30 Sep 2024 £m |
12 months to 30 Sep 2024 £m |
6 months to 30 Sep 2023 £m |
12 months to 30 Sep 2023 £m |
Reason for inclusion as a notable item |
|
Restructuring charges |
(23) |
(56) |
(78) |
(131) |
These costs relate to the Group's £275m restructuring programme as first announced alongside the Group's FY21 results. |
|
Financial crime prevention programme |
(22) |
(37) |
- |
- |
The Group has initiated a 'financial crime prevention programme' which will deliver significantly enhanced financial crime, fraud, and cyber security and controls across the Group's estate and is estimated to cost c.£130m over 3 years. This is a one-off programme of activity driving a significant increase in spend. |
|
Legacy conduct |
7 |
11 |
(8) |
(12) |
These credits/(costs) are historical in nature and are not indicative of the Group's current practices. |
|
Other: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
UTM expenses |
(12) |
(12) |
- |
- |
The post-acquisition operating expenses recognised within UTM since it became a wholly owned subsidiary on 2 April 2024. This was not incorporated in the Group's guidance for the 12-month period to 30 September 2024, first set in November 2023. |
|
Transaction costs |
(59) |
(64) |
- |
- |
Costs incurred as a direct consequence of the Nationwide offer. This includes professional advisory fees, including incremental audit fees following the resignation of PwC and appointment of EY. |
|
Internally developed software adjustments |
- |
- |
(47) |
(47) |
This is a write-off charge in relation to the Group's mortgage digitisation programme. Following an assessment of the progress of the project to upgrade the mortgage platform and challenges identified during testing, we anticipate a significant deferral and redesign as we implement the upgraded capability. |
|
Property, plant and equipment, and investment property adjustments |
- |
- |
(12) |
(12) |
£6m of costs related to a data cleanse exercise conducted on the Group's fixed asset registers ahead of a migration to a single fixed asset register and a £6m reduction in the valuation of an investment property due to changes in market conditions. |
|
Total |
(109) |
(158) |
(145) |
(202) |
|
Additional information
Measuring financial performance
Bank of England (BoE) Levy
The BoE Levy was introduced in early calendar 2024 and changed the way the BoE funded its monetary policy costs. Previously, eligible firms placed funds on deposit (which were non-interest bearing) with the BoE under the Cash Ratio Deposit (CRD) Scheme which the BoE invested and used the income to pay for the running of its monetary policy commitments. This funding model did not provide the BoE with sufficient revenues to fully meet the running costs incurred and a new funding model (the BoE Levy) was introduced. Under this new funding model, eligible firms were required to pay a share of the BoE's monetary policy funding costs and in return, the funds held by the BoE under the CRD Scheme were returned to firms which could be used to start generating income.
The adjusted cost: income ratio, adjusted profit after tax attributable to ordinary equity shareholders, and adjusted EPS exclude both the notable items and the new BoE Levy. Whilst not regarded as a notable item, we believe that the cost of the new BoE Levy should be excluded from these specific performance metrics in the current period as its impact on the Group's results was unclear at the time the FY23 results were published and this was not clarified until the relevant legislation required to implement the new BoE Levy was passed in Q1 2024. £10m was recognised in March 2024(1) as required, and created a distorted view of the cost: income ratio and EPS in both Q2 and H1 2024. The calculation of the £10m charge was the Group's best estimate of the liability due under the BoE Levy based on available information at that time. In the 6 months to 30 September 2024, an additional £2m true-up has been recognised following the BoE confirming the full extent of the liability due under the new Levy.
Linked to the above, £8m of interest income generated from the return of the CRD funds has also been adjusted within the impacted performance metrics to provide a more balanced view of the BoE Levy cost impact and the related income generated from the return of the CRD funds.
|
(1) |
The BoE Levy period runs annually from 1 March to 28 February, with firms liable to pay the Levy if they are eligible on the first day of the Levy year. |
Additional information
Glossary
For a glossary of terms and abbreviations used within this report refer to pages 382 to 387 of the Group's 2023 Annual Report and Accounts.
For terms and abbreviations not previously included within the Glossary, or where terms have been redefined, refer below:
|
Term |
Definition |
|
Nationwide |
Nationwide Building Society, a building society authorised by the PRA and regulated by the FCA and the PRA under registration number 106078 |
|
Nationwide group |
Nationwide and its subsidiary undertakings |
|
Trademark licence agreement (TMLA) |
Trademark licence agreement between the Company and Virgin Enterprises which governs the use of the 'Virgin Money' brand |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Abbreviations
|
|
|
|
FCPP |
Financial crime prevention programme |
|
IBB |
Interest bearing balance |
|
MA |
Management adjustment |
|
MDA |
Maximum distributable amount |
|
MES |
Model economic scenarios |
|
MRM |
Model risk management |
|
PAC |
Provision Adequacy Committee |
|
TCR |
Total capital requirement |
|
TMLA |
Trademark licence agreement |
|
VMI |
Virgin Money Investments (legal entity name 'Virgin Money Unit Trust Managers Limited') |
Additional information
Officers and professional advisers
|
Non-Executive Directors
|
|
|
Board Chair |
David Bennett(1) |
|
|
|
|
Senior Independent Non-Executive Director |
Tim Wade(2) |
|
|
|
|
Independent Non-Executive Directors(3) |
Lucinda Charles-Jones(2) |
|
|
Elena Novokreshchenova(2) |
|
|
Petra van Hoeken(2)(4) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Executive Directors |
Chris Rhodes(5) |
|
|
Clifford Abrahams |
|
|
|
|
Group Company Secretary |
Lorna McMillan |
|
|
|
|
Group General Counsel and Purpose Officer |
James Peirson |
|
|
|
|
Independent auditors |
Ernst & Young LLP |
|
|
25 Churchill Place |
|
|
Canary Wharf |
|
|
London |
|
|
E14 5EY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) Member of the Remuneration Committee and Governance and Nomination Committee.
(2) All Independent Non-Executive Directors are members of the Remuneration Committee, Audit Committee, Risk Committee and Governance and Nomination Committee.
(3) Darren Pope stepped down as an Independent Non-Executive Director of the Board on 1 October 2024. Sara Weller, Non-Executive Director, stepped down from the Board on 1 October 2024.
(4) Petra van Hoeken was appointed to the Board on 1 July 2024 following Geeta Gopalan, Independent Non-Executive Director, stepping down from the Board on 30 June 2024.
(5) Chris Rhodes was appointed as an Executive Director on 1 October 2024 following David Duffy stepping down from the Board on 1 October 2024.
Additional information
Contact details
For further information, please contact:
|
Investors and Analysts |
|
|
Richard Smith Head of Investor Relations & Sustainability |
+44 7483 399 303 richard.smith@virginmoney.com |
|
|
|
|
Amil Nathwani |
+44 7702 100 398 |
|
Senior Manager, Investor Relations |
amil.nathwani@virginmoney.com |
|
|
|
|
Martin Pollard Senior Manager, Investor Relations |
+44 7894 814 195 martin.pollard1@virginmoney.com |
|
|
|
|
Media |
|
|
Tamara Dewhirst Head of External Affairs
Simon Hall |
+44 7483 432 222 tamara.dewhirst@virginmoney.com
+44 7855 257 081 |
|
Senior Media Relations Manager |
simon.hall@virginmoney.com |
|
|
|
|
Press Office |
+44 800 066 5998 |
|
|
press.office@virginmoney.com |
|
|
|
|
Teneo |
|
|
Nick Claydon |
+44 20 7260 2700 |
|
|
|
There will be no Virgin Money management presentation or conference call today. The Company also announces that a copy of the Pillar 3 Disclosures will be available on the Company's website later today at Results and reporting | Virgin Money PLC. A copy of the document has been submitted to the National Storage Mechanism and will shortly be available for inspection at: https://data.fca.org.uk/#/nsm/nationalstoragemechanism.
|
VIRGIN MONEY UK PLC |
|
Registered number 09595911 (England and Wales) |
|
|
|
Head Office: |
London Office: |
Registered Office: |
|
177 Bothwell Street |
Floor 15, The Leadenhall Building |
Jubilee House |
|
Glasgow |
122 Leadenhall Street |
Gosforth |
|
G2 7ER |
London |
Newcastle Upon Tyne |
|
|
EC3V 4AB |
NE3 4PL |
|
virginmoneyukplc.com |
RNS may use your IP address to confirm compliance with the terms and conditions, to analyse how you engage with the information contained in this communication, and to share such analysis on an anonymised basis with others as part of our commercial services. For further information about how RNS and the London Stock Exchange use the personal data you provide us, please see our Privacy Policy.
Companies
Nationwide Building Society Core Capital Deferred Shs (Min 250 CCDS) (NBS)CLYDESDALE BANK PLC (91XR)
VIRGIN MONEY UK PLC (37PN)
Latest directors dealings
- 2 days ago The Renewables Infrastructure Group Limited
- 2 days ago The Renewables Infrastructure Group Limited
- 2 days ago Smurfit Westrock (DI)
- 2 days ago Menhaden Resource Efficiency
- 2 days ago BP